Szótár
(Letölthető rövid segédanyag: Páli-Magyar Szójegyzék)
gū, 1646 találat.
gū →
pts
(-˚) going, having gone (through), being skilled or perfected in. See addha˚, anta˚ chanda˚, dhamma˚, paṭṭha˚, pāra, veda˚.
fr. gam, cp. ˚ga
abhibhū →
dppn
Abhibhū1
Chief disciple of Sikhī Buddha. DN.ii.9 In the Aruṇavatī Sutta it is said that he went with Sikhī to a Brahma-world and, at the Buddha’s request, preached a sermon to the accompa …
abhiñjika →
dppn
AbhiñjikaAbhijikaĀbhiñjika
A student of Anuruddha. On one occasion when the Buddha asks Mahā Kassapa to preach to the monks, the latter reports that it is impossible to talk to them because monks lik …
ajitakesakambala →
dppn
AjitakesakambalaKesakambalaAjita
Head of one of the six heretical sects mentioned in the Pitakas as being contemporaneous with the Buddha. He is described as a Titthaka (non-Buddhist teacher), leade …
ajātasattu →
dppn
AjātasattuVedehiputta
Son of Bimbisāra, King of Māgadha, and therefore half-brother to Abhayarājakumāra. He murdered his father to gain the throne, and conspired with Devadatta to kill the Buddha, b …
ambasaṇḍā →
dppn
A brahmin village in Māgadha to the east of Rājagaha.
To the north of the village was the Vediyaka mountain, in which was the Indasālaguhā, where the Sakkapañha Sutta was preached. On the occasion of …
andhavana →
dppn
A grove to the south of Sāvatthī, one gāvuta away from the city. It was well guarded and monks and nuns used to resort there in search of solitude. The Bhikkhunī Saṃyutta contains stories of nuns wh …
anupiya →
dppn
A township in the Malla country to the east of Kapilavatthu. Large numbers of Sākiyan princes joined the Order there, including Bhaddiya, Anuruddha, Ānanda, Bhagu, Kimbila, Devadatta and their barber, …
anuruddha →
dppn
First cousin of the Buddha and one of his most eminent disciples. He was the son of the Sākyan Amitodana and brother of Mahānāma. When members of other Sākyan families had joined the Order of their di …
anāthapiṇḍika →
dppn
A banker (seṭṭhi) of Sāvatthī who became famous because of his unparalleled generosity to the Buddha. His first meeting with the Buddha was during the first year after the Enlightenment, in Rājagaha …
aparagoyāna →
dppn
One of the four great continents into which the earth is divided. According to the Aṅguttara Nikāya, AN.i.227 AN.v.59 each cakkavāla (world-system) has an Aparagoyāna.
5continent
araka →
dppn
The Bodhisatta, born as a brahmin teacher. In the Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.iv.136–138 we are told that among Araka’s pupils those who followed his teachings were born in the Brahma-world, while the others …
aranemi →
dppn
A brahmin teacher of a past age, given in a list of six teachers, who were purohitas. AN.iii.373 The others were Sunetta, Mūgapakkha, Kuddālaka, Hatthipāla and Jotipāla. In the Aṅguttara AN.iv.135f. …
arati →
dppn
One of the three daughters of Māra, the others being Taṇhā and Ragā. Seeing their father disconsolate after his repeated attempts to foil Gotama’s quest for Enlightenment, they offered to tempt the Bu …
ariṭṭha →
dppn
Ariṭṭha1
A monk. He had been subjected by the Saṅgha to the ukkhepanīyakamma for refusal to renounce a sinful doctrine, namely, that the states of mind declared by the Buddha to be stumb …
asibandhakaputta →
dppn
A headman (gāmani). He came to the Buddha in the Pārileyyaka Mango Grove in Nāḷandā and asked him various questions, recorded in the Saṃyutta Nikāya. SN.iv.312ff. One of these related to the custo …
assaji →
dppn
Assaji1
The fifth of the Pañcavaggiyā monks. When the Buddha preached the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, he was the last in whom dawned the eye of Truth, and the Buddha had to discourse to h …
assajipunabbasukā →
dppn
The followers of Assaji and Punabbasu. They lived in Kīṭāgiri, between Sāvatthī and Ālavi, and were guilty of various evil practices. They used to grow flowers, make wreaths and garlands, and send the …
assaka →
dppn
The country of Assaka is one of the sixteen Mahājanapadas mentioned in the Aṅguttara Nikāya.AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 AN.iv.256 AN.iv.260 It does not, however; occur in the list of twelve countries given in …
avanti →
dppn
One of the four great monarchies in the time of the Buddha, the other three being Māgadha, Kosala and Vaṃsa (or Vatsa). Avanti is also mentioned among the sixteen Great Nations. AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 AN. …
avantiputta →
dppn
King of Madhurā. He once went in royal state to visit Mahā Kaccāna who was staying in the Gundā Grove in Madhurā.
Their discussion is recorded in the Madhura Sutta. MN.ii.83–90
It is said that after …
avīci →
dppn
Hell. Descriptions of it are to be found in several places in the four Nikāyas MN.iii.183 AN.i.141–142 It is a quadrangular space, one hundred leagues each way, four-doored, walled all round and abov …
aṅga →
dppn
One of the 16 Great Nations (Mahājanapadā), mentioned in the Pitakas. The countries mentioned are Aṅga, Māgadha, Kāsī, Kosala, Vajji, Mallā, Ceti, Vaṃsa, Kuru, Pañcāla, Macchā, Sūrasena, Assaka, Avant …
aṅgulimāla →
dppn
AṅgulimālaAhiṃsakaGaggaMantāniputta
A robber and murderer who was converted by the Buddha in the twentieth year of his ministry, and who later became an arahant. MN86
As a result of his deeds whole …
aṅguttarāpa →
dppn
A country north of the river Mahī, evidently a part of Aṅga on the other side of that river .
It was here, in the village Āpaṇa, that the Buddha was staying when the Jaṭila Keṇiya came to see him; he …
aṅgīrasi →
dppn
Aṅgīrasi1
A term of affection (Radiant One) used by Pañcasikha in addressing Suriyavaccasā. DN.ii.265
Aṅgīrasa2
One of the ten ancient seers who conducted great sacrifices and …
aṭṭhaka →
dppn
Aṭṭhaka1
A celebrated sage, composer and reciter of sacred runes, mentioned together with nine others (Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamataggi, Aṅgīrasa, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha and Bhagu), V …
bhaddā →
dppn
Bhaddā1
Wife of King Muṇḍa. At her death the king placed her body in a vessel of oil and mourned for her until his friend Piyaka took him to Nārada Thera at the Kukkuṭārāma, and there made …
bhagu →
dppn
Bhagu1
A famous sage of old. Vin.i.245 DN.i.104 DN.i.238 DN.i.243 MN.ii.169 MN.ii.200 AN.iii.224 AN.iv.61
Bhagu2
He was born in a Sākiyan family, and having left the world wit …
bharukaccha →
dppn
A seaport in the country of Bharu. It is identical with Barygaza of Ptolemy and the Periplus of the Erythrean Sea. Bharukaccha is the modern Broach in Kathiawar. The people of Bharukaccha are called B …
bhaṇḍu →
dppn
BhaṇḍuBhaṇḍa
A colleague of Ānanda whom Kassapa reported to the Buddha at Veḷuvana for disputing with Abhiñjaka, colleague of Anuruddha. The Buddha sent for the disputants and rebuked them for their …
bojjhā →
dppn
BojjhāBocchā
An eminent laywoman. The Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.iv.259 AN.iv.347 records a visit paid by her to the Buddha at Jetavana. The Buddha then preached to her on the uposatha and the advantages …
bāhiya →
dppn
Bāhiya1Dārucīriya
As an ascetic, he came himself to believe that he had attained arahantship, but a devatā, reading his thoughts and wishing him well, pointed out to him his error and ad …
bālakaloṇakāra →
dppn
Bālakaloṇakāra BākalonakārāgamaBālakalonakārāma
A locality near Kosambī.
When the monks of Kosambī started quarrelling, the Buddha left them and went to Bālakalonakārāma, where he visited Bhagu and …
bārānasī →
dppn
BārānasīBenares
The capital of Kāsi-janapada. It was one of the four places of pilgrimage for the Buddhists - the others being Kapilavatthu, Buddhagayā and Kusināra - because it was at, the Migadā …
bāvarī →
dppn
…Puṇṇaka, Mettagū, Dhotaka, Upasīva, Nanda, Hemaka, Todeyya, Kappa, Jatukaṇṇī, Bhadrāvudha, Udaya, Posāla, Mogharāja and…
cakkavatti →
dppn
A World ruler. The world itself means “Turner of the Wheel,” the Wheel (Cakka) being the well known Indian symbol of empire. More than one thousand sons are his; his dominions extend throughout the …
campā →
dppn
A city in India on the river of the same name; it was the capital of Aṅga and was celebrated for its beautiful lake, the Gaggarā-pokkharaṇī. On its banks was a grove of campaka-trees, well known for …
caṅkī →
dppn
A great brahmin, contemporary of the Buddha, reputed for his great learning and highly esteemed in brahmin gatherings—e.g., at Icchānaṅgala Snp.p.115 and at Manasākaṭa. DN.i.235
He is mentioned toget …
caṇḍakālī →
dppn
A nun, well known for her quarrelsome propensities. She was a friend of Thullanandā, during whose absence the other nuns once expelled Caṇḍakālī from their midst. This act was greatly resented by Thul …
caṇḍappajjota →
dppn
King of Avanti in the time of the Buddha. His name was Pajjota, the sobriquet being added on account of his violent temper.
Once, when ill with jaundice, he asked Bimbisāra to lend him the services o …
cetiya →
dppn
CetiyaCetiCetīCedi
One of the sixteen Great Nations, AN.i.213 probably identical with Cedi of the older documents. The people of Ceti settled near the Yamunā, to the east, in the neighbourhood of and …
chabbaggiyā →
dppn
A group of six monks, contemporary with the Buddha, frequently mentioned as being guilty of various Vinaya offences. Vin.i.84f. Vin.i.104 Vin.i.106 Vin.i.111 Vin.i.113 Vin.i.114 Vin.i.138 Vin.i.160 …
channa →
dppn
Channa1
A Wanderer, classed among those who wore clothes. He is only mentioned once, in the Aṅguttara Nikāya, AN.iii.215 where we are told that he visited Ānanda at Sāvatthī and asked him …
citta →
dppn
Citta1
A householder of Macchikāsaṇḍa, where he was Treasurer. He was later declared by the Buddha to be pre-eminent among laymen who preached the Doctrine. AN.i.26
When Mahānāma visited …
cunda →
dppn
Cunda1
A worker in metals living in Pāvā. When the Buddha reached Pāvā on his way to Kusinārā, he stayed in Cunda’s Mango grove. There Cunda visited him and invited him and the monks to a …
cātummahārājikā →
dppn
The inhabitants of the lowest deva world. his world derives its name from the Four Great Kings (Cattāro Mahārājāno) who dwell there as guardians of the four quarters: Dhataraṭṭha of the East, Virūḷh …
dakkhiṇāpatha →
dppn
In the old Pāḷi literature the name Dakkhiṇāpatha would seem to indicate only a remote settlement or colony on the banks of the upper Godāvarī. Thus, we are told that Bāvarī had his hermitage in Dakkh …
daṇḍapāṇi →
dppn
A Sākiyan of Kapilavatthu. It is recorded MN.i.108 that Daṇḍapāṇi once met the Buddha in Kapilavatthu and questioned him on his teachings. The Buddha explained them to him, but he was not satisfied, a …
devadatta →
dppn
A monk, a close relative of the Buddha, who split the Sangha, and attempted to overthrow the Buddha and have him murdered. In one passage in the Vinaya, Vin.ii.189 Devadatta is spoken of as Godhiputta …
devakatasobbha →
dppn
A pool near Kosambī. Close by was the Pilakkhaguhā and the Paribbājakārāma, where Ānanda once visited Sandaka and held a discussion with him. MN.i.513
25.321684,81.3180543lake
dhammika →
dppn
Dhammika
A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of the good state that awaits one who practices righteousness. Thag.303–306 According to the Aṅguttara. AN.iii.366ff. Dhammika had to leave seven lodgi …
dhaniya →
dppn
Dhaniya1Dhanika
A herdsman living on the bank of the river Mahī. One day, while he was in this house, having finished his preparations for the approach of the rains, he sat meditating on h …
dīghīti →
dppn
DīghītiDīghati
A king of Kosala. His kingdom was captured by Brahmadatta, king of Kāsi, and he and his wife fled to Benares, where they lived in disguise in the house of a potter. His wife bore a son …
gagga →
dppn
Gagga1
A monk. He became insane, and in this condition did many things unworthy of a monk. When his colleagues blamed him, the Buddha interceded on his behalf and suggested that he be give …
gayākassapa →
dppn
One of the three Kassapa brothers. They all lived at Gayāsīsa. When Uruvelā-Kassapa was converted, Gayā-Kassapa, with his followers, joined the Order, and at the conclusion of the Ādittapariyāya Sut …
ghoṭamukha →
dppn
A brahmin, probably of Pāṭaliputta. On coming to visit Benares, he saw Udena there in Khemiyambavana and had a conversation with him, recorded in the Ghoṭamukha Sutta. At the conclusion of the talk he …
gulissāni →
dppn
A monk living in the wilds, who once came on some business to see the monks at the Kalandakanivāpa. It was on his account that the Gulissāni Sutta was preached. MN.i.469
gundāvana →
dppn
GundāvanaKundāvanaGuṇḍāvanaKuṇḍāvana
A forest in Madhurā. Mahā Kaccāna stayed there and was visited by Avantiputta, king of Madhurā, to whom he preached the Madhurā Sutta, MN.ii.83f. and by the bra …
gutijjita →
dppn
A Pacceka Buddha, whose name occurs in a nominal list. MN.iii.70
guttā →
dppn
Guttā
A bhikkhunī to whom several Therīgāthā verses are addressed, encourageing her to overcome the defliments that have long kept her trapped in suffering. Thig.163–168
guḷa →
dppn
A Yakkha chief who should be invoked when unbelieving Yakkhas molest any follower of the Buddha. DN.iii.204
gūtha →
dppn
One of the hells. It is next to the Mahā Niraya, and is the habitation of needle-mouthed creatures who rip away the skin, flesh, tendons, etc., of the victim and then devour his marrow. MN.iii.185
5hell
himavā →
dppn
HimavāHimācalaHimavantaHimālaya
The Himālaya mountains. In Himavā, are seven great lakes, each fifty leagues in length, breadth and depth—Anotattā, Kaṇṇamuṇḍā, Rathakāra, Chaddantā, Kuṇālā, Mandākinī …
hiṅgū →
dppn
A Pacceka Buddha. MN.iii.70
iccānaṅgala →
dppn
IccānaṅgalaIcchānaṅkala
A brahmin village in the Kosala country. It was while staying in the woodland thicket there that the Buddha preached the Ambaṭṭha Sutta. DN.i.87 From this sutta, the village w …
indapatta →
dppn
A town in the Kuru country. In the Kurudhamma Jataka J.ii.365f; also J.iii.400; J.iv.361; J.v.457; J.vi.255; Cyp.i.3, Cyp.v.1, Dhananjaya Koravya, is mentioned as its king and as the owner of Anjanava …
indasālaguhā →
dppn
A cave on the Vediya mountain, to the north of Ambasaṇḍā, which was a brahmin village, east of Rājagaha. Once, when the Buddha was staying there, Sakka visited him and asked him the questions recorded …
isigili →
dppn
IsigiliIsigilapassa
One of the five mountains round Rājagaha and one of the beauty-spots of the city. DN.ii.116 There was, on one side of it, a black stone called the Kāḷasilā. This was a favourite …
isipatana →
dppn
IsipatanaMigadayaDeer Park
An open space near Benares, the site of the famous Migadāya or Deer Park. It was eighteen leagues from Uruvelā, and when Gotama gave up his austere penances his friends, th …
jotipāla →
dppn
Jotipāla1
The Bodhisatta born as a brahmin of Vehaliṅga in the time of Kassapa Buddha. Ghaṭīkāra was his friend and invited Jotipāla to accompany him to the Buddha, but Jotipāla refused to …
jīvaka →
dppn
JīvakaJīvakakomārabhacca
A celebrated physician, and the Buddha’s doctor. The Vinaya contains many stories of his skill in healing. Vin.i.268–281 Once when the Buddha was ill, Jīvaka found it necessa …
kammāsadhamma →
dppn
KammāsadhammaKammāsadammaKammasadammaKammasadhamma
A township of the Kurūs. The Buddha, during the course of his wanderings, stayed there several times; the exact place of his residence is, however, …
kandarāyana →
dppn
KandarāyanaKundarāyana
A brahmin. He visited Mahā Kaccāna at the Gundavana near Madhurā and accused him of not paying due respect to elderly brahmins, but when Mahā Kaccāna preached to him he express …
kapilavatthu →
dppn
A city near the Himalaya, capital of the Sākiyan republic. The administration and judicial business of the city and all other matters of importance were discussed and decided in the Santhāgārasālā. DN …
katamorakatissa →
dppn
KatamorakatissaKatamorakatissaka
One of the monks whom Devadatta incited to join him in stirring up discord among the Saṅgha, the others being Kokālika, Khaṇḍadevīputta and Samuddadatta Vin.ii.196 Vi …
kaṇṭakā →
dppn
KaṇṭakāKaṇḍakā
A nun who was guilty of unchastity with the novice Kaṇṭaka. Vin.i.85
kimbila →
dppn
KimbilaKimilaKimmila
A Sākiyan of Kapilavatthu. He was converted with Bhaddiya and four other Sākyan nobles at Anupiya. Vin.ii.182 Kimbila seems to have maintained throughout his early friendship wit …
korabya →
dppn
KorabyaKoravyaKorabba
Perhaps the generic name given to the king of the Kurūs. The Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.iii.369f. mentions a king Koravya who owned a large banyan tree named Suppatiṭṭha. According t …
kosambī →
dppn
The capital of the Vatsas or Vaṃsas. In the time of the Buddha its king was Parantapa, and after him reigned his son Udena. Kosambī was evidently a city of great importance at the time of the Buddha f …
koḷiyā →
dppn
One of the republican clans in the time of the Buddha. The Koḷiyā owned two chief settlements—one at Rāmagāma and the other at Devadaha.
Attached probably to the Koliyan central authorities, was a sp …
kukkuṭārāma →
dppn
A park in Pāṭaliputta. It was evidently the residence of monks from very early times, probably, for some time, of the Buddha himself. The Mahāvagga Vin.i.300 mentions the names of several theras who l …
kusinārā →
dppn
The capital of the Mallas and the scene of the Buddha’s death. At that time it was a small city, “a branch-township with wattle-and-daub houses in the midst of the jungle,” and Ānanda was, at first …
kāka →
dppn
Slave of King Caṇḍapajjota. His father was non-human, and he himself could travel sixty leagues a day. When Pajjota discovered that Jīvaka had fled, after administering to him some medicine containin …
kāliṅga →
dppn
Kāliṅga1
An inhabitant of Ñātika. While staying in Ñātika, at the Giñjakāvasatha, the Buddha tells Ānanda that Kālinga was reborn after death in the Suddhavāsā, and that there he would att …
kāmabhū →
dppn
A monk, evidently held in high esteem by his colleagues. He is mentioned as staying in Kosambī, in Ghosita Park, and as asking Ānanda certain questions, recorded in the Kāmabhū Sutta. SN.iv.165 Two ot …
kāḷudāyī →
dppn
A monk whose verses in the Theragāthā tell depict him encouraging the Buddha to return to his kinsmen. When the rains fell, covering the earth with the glory of leaves and flowers, Kāḷudāyī felt that …
kūṭāgārasālā →
dppn
A hall in the Mahāvana near Vesāli. The Buddha stayed there on several occasions, and in the books are found records of various eminent persons who visited him there and of his conversations with them …
madhurā →
dppn
MadhurāMathurā
The capital of Surasena, situated on the Yamunā. Its king, soon after the death of Bimbisāra, was Avantiputta, MN.ii.83 who, judging by his name, was probably related to the royal fami …
magha →
dppn
MaghaMaghavā
The name Sakka bore in a previous birth when he was born as a man in Macalagāma in Māgadha.
Magha took upon himself seven vows, which brought him birth as Sakka: to maintain his parents …
mahaka →
dppn
A novice, pupil of Upananda, who is mentioned as having been guilty of a sexual offence with Kaṇḍakā, another novice. Vin.i.70
mahākaccāyana →
dppn
MahākaccāyanaKaccāyanaMahākaccānaKaccāna
One of the most eminent disciples of the Buddha, considered chief among expounders in full of the brief saying of the Buddha. AN.i.23 Several suttas illustrat …
mahākappina →
dppn
One of the most eminent disciples of the Buddha, considered foremost among those who taught the monks. AN.i.25 The Vinaya Vin.i.105 records that when Kappina was in the Deer Park at Maddakucchi he won …
mahākassapa →
dppn
MahākassapaKassapaPippali
One of the Buddha’s most eminent disciples, chief among those who upheld austere practices. AN.i.23 His personal name was Pippali, but he is usually known by his clan name K …
mahākoṭṭhita →
dppn
MahākoṭṭhitaMahākotthitaKoṭṭhitaKotthita
One of the foremost disciples of the Buddha, ranked foremost among masters of analytical knowledge. AN.i.24 His Theragāthā verse speaks of contentment and sha …
mahāmoggallāna →
dppn
MahāmoggallānaMoggallānaKolita
The second of the Chief Disciples of the Buddha. He and Sāriputta went forth as disciples of Sañjaya. After some time, Sāriputta, wandering about in Rājagaha, met Assaj …
mahānāma →
dppn
Mahānāma1
A Sākiyan rājā, son of Amitodana; he was elder brother of Anuruddha and cousin of the Buddha. When the Sākiyan families of Kapilavatthu sent their representatives to join the Ord …
mahāpurisa →
dppn
The name given to a Great Being, destined to become either a Cakkavatti or a Buddha. He carries on his person the following thirty two marks. DN.ii.17f. DN.iii.142ff. MN.ii.136f. .
- he has fe …
mantāṇī →
dppn
A brahminee, mother of Aṅgulimāla; her husband was Gagga. MN.ii.102
medakathalikā →
dppn
The pupil of a “bamboo acrobat” of long ago. His master called to him one day and asked him to climb the bamboo and to stand on his shoulder. Then the master suggested that they should watch and look …
medāḷupa →
dppn
MedāḷupaMedatalumpa
A Sākyan village three leagues from Nagaraka. MN.ii.119 Pasenadi when staying there with Dīgha Kārāyana, heard that the Buddha was there and visited him. On this occasion was prea …
mettagū →
dppn
One of the sixteen disciples of Bāvarī who visited the Buddha. His question to the Buddha was as to how various ills originated in the world, and the Buddha’s answer, that it was through attachment. S …
mettiyabhummajakā →
dppn
A group of monks, followers of Mettiya and Bhummajaka forming part of the Chabbaggiyā (Group of Six Monks).
Twice they brought an unfounded charge of breach of morality against Dabba Mallaputta, who …
meṇḍaka →
dppn
A very rich householder of Bhaddiyanagara in Aṅga. It is said Vin.i.240f. that when he went to his granaries after his ceremonial bath, as he stood at the door, showers of grain would fall from heav …
migalandika →
dppn
MigalandikaMigaladdhika
An undesirable monk. When the Buddha had once been preaching to the monks in Mahāvana in Vesāli regarding the defilement and filth of the body, and had retired into solitude, …
milakkhā →
dppn
MilakkhāMilakkhukā
The name given to the people of non-Ariyan origin, the Mlecchas. DN.iii.264 AN.i.35 Their language is called Milakkhabhāsā.
moḷiya →
dppn
MoḷiyaPhagguna
He was always friendly with the nuns and stood up for them in discussions with the monks. This was reported to the Buddha, who sent for him and preached the Kakacūpama Sutta. MN.i.122* …
moḷiyasīvaka →
dppn
A Paribbājaka. He once visited the Buddha at Veḷuvana and questioned him regarding predestination. The Buddha explains to him that suffering arises from various causes—bile, phlegm, wind, bodily humou …
muṇḍa →
dppn
A king of Māgadha, great grandson of Ajātasattu and son of Anuruddha. It is probably this same king who is referred to in the Aṅguttara Nikāya. AN.iii.57ff. His wife Bhaddā died, and Muṇḍa gave hims …
māgaṇḍiya →
dppn
Māgaṇḍiya1
The Sutta Nipāta contains a dialogue between Māgaṇḍiya and the Buddha. Snp.1011–1023 The Buddha starts with an emphatic rejection of an offer of a sexual nature, which sparks a …
māluṅkyāputta →
dppn
MāluṅkyāputtaMāluṅkyaputtaMālukyaputta
The Theragāthā contains two sets of verses attributed to him. One set speaks of the dangers of craving and encourages effort. Thag.399–404 The second set speaks …
māra →
dppn
MāraNamuciKaṇhaAdhipatiAntakaPamattabandhuPāpimā
Generally regarded as the personification of Death, the Evil One, the Tempter. Sometimes known as the Dark One (Kaṇha). Snp.355 MN.i.377 DN.ii.262 T …
nanda →
dppn
Nanda1Vaccha
Mentioned in a list of well known leaders of the Ajivakas, the others being Kisa Saṅkicca and Makkhali Gosāla. MN.i.524 They were declared by Purāṇa Kassapa, in his classifica …
nandaka →
dppn
Nandaka1
Once, at the Buddha’s request, he preached a sermon to the nuns; on the first day they became sotāpannas, and, on the second, five hundred of them attained arahantship. MN.iii.270 …
nigrodha →
dppn
Nigrodha1
A wanderer. Once, when he was staying with a large number of colleagues at the Udumbarikārāma near Rājagaha, Sandhāna, on his way to see the Buddha, stopped him and entered into …
nikata →
dppn
Nikata1
An upāsaka of Ñātikā. After death he was born in the Suddhāvāsā, there to pass away. SN.v.358f. DN.ii.91f.
Nikata2
One of several eminent theras mentioned as stayi …
niraya →
dppn
…Snp.p.126
The Devadūta Sutta MN.iii.185 of the Majjhima Nikāya contains another list: Gūtha, Kukkuḷa, Simbalivana, Asipattavana and…
nāvindakī →
dppn
One of King Eḷeyya’s guards. He was a follower of Rāmaputta. AN.ii.180
padumā →
dppn
One of the most distinguished lay women, followers of the Buddha. AN.iv.347 She was the wife of Meṇḍaka and her full name was Candapadumā
paribbājakā →
dppn
Wanderer. The name given to some of the ascetics and recluses of the Buddha’s time. They were not exclusively brahmin. Their presence seems to have been recognized and respected from earlier times. Ge …
paṇḍaka →
dppn
A monk, friend of Kapila, who lived in a village near Kosambī. He was found guilty of having taken what did not belong to him and also of unchastity. Vin.iii.67
phagguna →
dppn
A monk. In the Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.iv.52 he is represented as asking the Buddha if it were possible, by means of any of the senses, to recognize and proclaim the past Buddhas. The Buddha replies in the …
pilakkhaguhā →
dppn
A cave near Kosambī. The wanderer Sandaka is said to have stayed there. Nearby was the Devakatasobbha. MN.i.513
25.29188, 81.366113cave
pilindavaccha →
dppn
PilindavacchaPilindivacchaPilindiyavacchaPilindaPilindiPilindiya
A monk whose enigmatic Theragāthā verse speaks of what has come and not departed. Thag.9 Certain devas who had been born in the deva w …
pippaliguhā →
dppn
PippaliguhāPipphaligūhā
A cave near Rājagaha, evidently a favourite haunt of Mahā Kassapa. Once when he lay there grievously ill, the Buddha…
piṅgiyānī →
dppn
A brahmin of Vesāli. The Aṅguttara Nikāya records a conversation between him and Kāraṇapālī. The latter meets Piṅgiyānī and, on learning that he was returning from a visit to the Buddha, asks him abou …
potaliya →
dppn
A householder of Āpaṇa. Meeting the Buddha in a wood outside the town, he greeted him, and was addressed by the Buddha as “householder,” at which he was very angry, for he had, so he said, handed over …
pukkusāti →
dppn
A young monk whom the Buddha met at the house of Bhaggava, the potter, in Rājagaha. Pukkusāti was already occupying the guest room of the house, and the Buddha asked to be allowed to share it, to whic …
puṇṇā →
dppn
Puṇṇā1
A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verse speaks of being full with good qualities, like the full moon. Thig.3
Puṇṇā2Puṇṇikā
A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verses argue that bat …
pārāyana →
dppn
Pārāyana
The fifth and last division of the Sutta Nipāta. Snp.976ff. It consists of sixteen suttas preceded by an introduction. The introduction describes how Bāvarī first heard of the coming of th …
pātaligāma →
dppn
The Buddha visited Pātaligāma shortly before his death. Although it later became the capital of Magadha, it was then a mere village. At that time Ajātasattu’s ministers, Sunīdha and Vassakāra, were en …
pātimokkha →
dppn
The name given to a set of rules to be observed by members of the Buddhist Order. The rules regulate the behaviour of the members of the Order towards one another in respect of clothes, dwellings, fur …
rāhula →
dppn
RāhulaRāhulabhadda
Only son of Gotama Buddha. When the Buddha visited Kapilavatthu for the first time after his Enlightenment and accepted Suddhodana’s invitation, Rāhula’s mother sent the boy to the …
rāhulamātā →
dppn
RāhulamātāBimbāBhaddakaccāYasodharāBhaddakaccānāBimbāsundarīBimbādevīSubhaddakā
The name, generally given in the texts, of Rāhula’s mother Vin.i.82 and Gotama’s wife.
On the seventh day of the Buddh …
rājagaha →
dppn
A city, the capital of Māgadha.
The place was called Giribbaja (mountain stronghold) because it was surrounded by five hills—Paṇḍava, Gijjhakūṭa, Vebhāra, Isigili and Vepulla. It is said MN.iii.68 th …
sahajāti →
dppn
SahajātiSahajātāSahañcanika
A township where Yasa Kākandakaputta met Soreyya Revata, whom he wished to consult regarding the Ten Points raised by the Vajjiputtakas. Revata had gone there from Soreyya …
samiddhi →
dppn
Samiddhi
Once, while he was at Silāvati musing on his good fortune as a monk, Māra tried to terrify him. Samiddhi told the Buddha of this, but the Buddha asked him to stay on where he was. He obeyed, …
samitigutta →
dppn
A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of experiencing the suffering caused by kamma in the past. Thag.81
sandhāna →
dppn
A householder of Rājagaha. He was a follower of the Buddha, and it was his conversation with the Paribbājaka Nigrodha that led to the preaching of the Udumbarika Sīhanāda Sutta.
In the Aṅguttara he i …
sattapaṇṇiguhā →
dppn
A cave in Rājagaha, on the slope of Mount Vebhāra. Once, when the Buddha was staying there, he gave to Ānanda the opportunity of asking him to live for an eon, but Ānanda, because of his un-mindfulne …
savittha →
dppn
In the Aṅguttara AN.i.118f. he is represented as saying, in the course of a conversation between him, Sāriputta and Koṭṭhita, that he preferred the person who obtains relief by faith, to one who tes …
sañjaya →
dppn
Sañjaya1
A monk whose Theragāthā verse says that since going forth he has not had any hate. Thag.48
Sañjaya2
In the Kaṇṇakatthala Sutta Viḍūḍabha tells the Buddha that it was …
saṅgārava →
dppn
A very learned brahmin of Candalakappa. One day he saw Dhānañjānī trip up, and heard her exclaim three times, “Glory to the Buddha, the arahant, the all enlightened.” He blamed her for thus extolling …
saṅkassa →
dppn
A city, thirty leagues from Sāvatthī. During the Vajjiputta controversy, Revata Thera, on his way from Soreyya to Sahājāti, went through Saṅkassa. The road he took passed through Saṅkassa, Kaṇṇakujja, …
sela →
dppn
A brahmin of Aṅguttarāpa. He was a great friend of Keṇiya, the Jaṭila, and visited him when Keṇiya was making preparations to entertain the Buddha. Having heard the word “Buddha” from Keṇiya, Sela was …
selā →
dppn
A bhikkhunī who was enjoying her meditation in the Andhavana under a tree when Māra, in the guise of a stranger, approached her and tried to tempt her. But she refuted his statements regarding the att …
setabyā →
dppn
SetabyāSetavyā
A town in Kosala, DN.ii.316 near which was Ukkaṭṭha.
The Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.ii.37 records a conversation between the Buddha and the brahmin Doṇa, whom the Buddha met on the road from …
seyyasaka →
dppn
A monk of Sāvatthī who was found guilty of various Vinaya offences, and was therefore subjected to the Nissayakamma. Udāyī (Lāludāyi) was his friend and his evil genius. Vin.iii.110f.
sikhī →
dppn
SikhīArindama
A Buddha of a past age.DN.ii.7 DN.iii.195f. SN.ii.9
- He was born in the Nisabha pleasance in Aruṇavatī.
- His father was the khattiya Aruṇa and his mother Pabhāvatī.
- His wife wa …
silāvatī →
dppn
A village of the Sākyans. Once, when the Buddha was there with a large number of monks, Mira tempted them in the guise of a jatanduva-brahmin. SN.i.117
A story is also told of the temptation by Māra …
sineru →
dppn
SineruMahāneruMeruSumeruHemameru
A mountain, forming the center of the world. MN.i.338 DN.iii.199 It is eighty thousand leagues broad. AN.iv.100
Sineru is often used in similes, its chief characteri …
sovīra →
dppn
A country mentioned in the Mahāgovinda Sutta. DN.ii.235
In the time of King Reṇu, Bharata was king of Sovīra, and Roruka was its capital.
Eder, Gujarat?3region
soṇa →
dppn
Soṇa1
A Thera, declared chief of those possessing clear utterance. AN.i.24 He lived in Avantī, where he met Mahākaccāna and was later ordained by him, after much difficulty assembling the …
soṇadaṇḍa →
dppn
A rich brahmin of Campā, very learned in the Vedas; he lived in a royal domain, given to him as royal fief by King Bimbisāra. When the Buddha was in Campā, on the banks of the Gaggarā-lake, Soṇadaṇḍa …
sudinna →
dppn
SudinnaKalandakaputta
A monk who, after being ordained, returned to his former wife and had relations with her, thus becoming guilty of the first Pārājika offence. When there was a famine in the Vajj …
sumana →
dppn
Sumana1
A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of having accomplished all that he was aksed to do. Thag.330–334
Sumana2Cūḷasumana
A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of ordaini …
sunakkhatta →
dppn
A Licchavi prince of Vesāli. He was, at one time, a member of the Order and the personal attendant of the Buddha, but was later converted to the views of Korakkhattiya and went about defaming the Budd …
sundarī →
dppn
Sundarī1
A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verses consist of a dialogue, firstly between her father Sujāta and a bhikkhunī, Vāsiṭṭhī, Thig.313–324 and later between Sundarī and her mother. Thig …
sundarīnandā →
dppn
Sundarīnandā1
Younger sister of Thullanandā; she had two other sisters, Nandā and Nandavatī. Sāḷha Migāranattā seduced her, and she was proclaimed guilty of a Pārājika offence. Vin.iv.21 …
suppatiṭṭhita →
dppn
A nigrodha tree belonging to king Koravya. The king and his court ate the first portion of the fruit as big as pipkins and sweet; the army had the second portion, the town and country people the thi …
suppiya →
dppn
Suppiya1
A Paribbājaka. He was the teacher of Brahmadatta. It was the discussion between these two, in the Ambalaṭṭhikā park, regarding the virtues of the Buddha, his Dhamma and his Order, …
sāketa →
dppn
A town in Kosala. It was regarded in the Buddha’s time as one of the six great cities of India, the others being Campā, Rājagaha, Sāvatthī, Kosambī and Benares. DN.ii.146 In the Vinaya Vin.i.253 howev …
sākya →
dppn
A tribe in North India, to which the Buddha belonged. Their capital was Kapilavatthu. Mention is also made of other Sākyan settlements - e.g., Cātumā, Khomadussa, Sāmagāma, Devadaha, Sīlavatī, Nagara …
sāti →
dppn
He was a fisherman’s son and held the false view that, according to the Buddha’s teaching, a man’s consciousness runs on and continues without break of identity. Sāti’s colleagues did their best to ch …
sāvatthī →
dppn
The capital city of Kosala in India and one of the six great Indian cities during the lifetime of the Buddha. DN.ii.147 It was six leagues from Sāketa. Vin.i.253 It was on the banks of the Aciravatī.V …
sāḷha →
dppn
Sāḷha1Migāranattā
He once visited Nandaka Thera with Pekkhuniya’s grandson, Rohana. AN.i.193f. He built a vihāra for the nuns and Sundarīndā was appointed to supervise the work. As a r …
sīha →
dppn
Sīha1
A Licchavi general of Vesāli. He was a follower of the Nigaṇṭhas. When the Buddha visited Vesāli, Sīha, having heard reports of his greatness, wished to see him, but Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaput …
tapodā →
dppn
A large lake below the Vebhāra mountain, outside Rājagaha. The lake was cool, but the stream flowing from it, also called Tapodā, Vin.iii.108 Vin.iv.116f. was hot. Around it was the Tapodārāma.
Mon …
thullanandā →
dppn
A nun, one of four sisters who all joined the Order, the others being Nandā, Nandavatī and Sundarinandā.
Thulla-Nandā appears to have had charge of a large company of nuns, all of whom followed her …
tissametteyya →
dppn
TissametteyyaTissaMetteyya
A disciple of Bāvarī. He visited the Buddha with his colleagues and when the Buddha answered his questions, he, and his thousand pupils became arahants. Tissa was his perso …
todeyya →
dppn
Todeyya1
A Mahāsāla brahmin, mentioned in a list of eminent brahmins gathered together at Icchanankala and Manasākaṭa. DN.i.235 Snp.p.115
There was in Caṇḍalakappa a mango grove belonging …
uddaka →
dppn
UddakaRāmaputta
One of the teachers under whom Gotama, after leaving the world and before he became the Buddha, received instruction. Uddaka taught him the doctrine which had been realised and procla …
udāyī →
dppn
Udāyī1LāludāyīPaṇḍita Udāyī
There were at least two monks called Udāyī, and it is not always possible to be sure which one is meant. When the Buddha preached the Nāgopama Sutta, AN.iii.344 …
ugga →
dppn
He once visited the Buddha and told him how he rivalled in power and wealth the seṭṭhi Migāra, grandson of Rohana. He was worth one hundred thousand in gold alone, to say nothing of silver. The Buddha …
upacāla →
dppn
Son of Upacālā and nephew of Sāriputta and Khadiravaniya-Revata. He was ordained by Revata. Thag.43 He is mentioned in the Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.v.133 in a list of very eminent disciples, together with …
upaka →
dppn
Upaka1
An Ājivaka whom the Buddha met on his way between Gayā and the Bodhi Tree, after he set out from Isipatana for the preaching of the First Sermon. Upaka questioned the Buddha on his …
upananda →
dppn
Upananda1
A monk, belonging to the Sākyan clan, who was known for his greed in procuring requisites. Several incidents connected with him are mentioned in the Vinaya. Once he promised to s …
upasena →
dppn
UpasenaVaṅgantaputta
When his ordination was but one year old, he ordained another bhikkhu, to increase the number of holy ones, and went with him to wait upon the Buddha. The Buddha roundly rebuked …
upasīva →
dppn
One of the disciples of Bāvarī. Snp.1007 The questions he asked the Buddha, when he visited him in the company of his colleagues, are recorded in the Upasīva-māṇavaa-pucchā. Snp.1069–1076
upavāna →
dppn
A monk who was occasionally the attendant of the Buddha, and who features in a number of discourses. Once when the Buddha was attacked by cramp, Upavāna, with the help of his lay-friend Devahita, obt …
upāli →
dppn
Upāli 1
One of the most eminent of the Buddha’s immediate disciples. He belonged to a barber’s family in Kapilavatthu and entered the service of the Sākiyan princes. When Anuruddha and his …
uruvelā →
dppn
UruvelāSenānigamaUruvelapattana
A locality on the banks of the Nerañjara, in the neighbourhood of the Bodhi-tree at Buddhagayā. MN.i.166 The place chosen by the Bodhisatta for his penances was calle …
uruññā →
dppn
Uruññā UjuññāUguññāUdaññaUjjuññā
A district and a town in Kosala. Once when the Buddha was staying at the Deer Park in Kaṇṇakatthala in the neighbourhood of the city, Pasenadi, who happened to be at …
uttarā →
dppn
Uttarā1
A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verses tell of her awakening. Thig.15
Uttarā2
The Therīgāthā contains seven verses uttered by her after becoming an arahant, the result of …
uttarāpa →
dppn
The name given to the region to the north of the river Mahī. See also Aṅguttarāpa.
???3region
uttiya →
dppn
Uttiya1
A monk whose Theragāthā verse tells of how when ill, he aroused mindfulness. Thag.30
In the Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.v.22 the Buddha explains to him, in answer to his question, the char …
vacchagotta →
dppn
A wanderer who later became an arahant Thera. Several conversations he had with the Buddha are mentioned in the books. For details see the Tevijja Vacchagotta-, Aggi Vacchagotta-, Mahā Vacchagotta- …
vaggumudā →
dppn
VaggumudāVattumudā
A river in the Vajji country. On its banks lived Yasoja and his five hundred companions. Ud.iii.3
Vajjī3river
vajjiyamāhita →
dppn
A householder of Campā, a devout and skilled follower of the Buddha. Once, when on his way to see the Buddha at Gaggarā Lake, he found he had arrived too early and went into the Paribbājakārāma near b …
vajjī →
dppn
The name of a country and of its people. It was one of the sixteen Great Nations. The inhabitants appear to have consisted of several confederate clans of whom the Licchavī and the Videhā were the chi …
vassakāra →
dppn
A brahmin, chief minister of Ajātasattu. He and Sunidha were in charge of the fortifications of Pāṭaligāma, built against the Vajjī. Vin.i.228 Ud.viii.6 DN.ii.72ff.
At Ajātasattu’s suggestion, Vass …
vaṅgīsa →
dppn
A monk who was declared foremost in the gift of spontaneous poetic expression. AN.i.24
The Theragāthā contains numerous verses spoken by him on various occasions Thag.1208–1279 SN.i.183ff. Some of …
vebhāra →
dppn
One of the five hills surrounding Rājagaha. MN.iii.68 In this hill was the Sattapaṇṇiguhā, where the first Convocation was held. Vin.ii.76 The river Tapodā rose in a lake at the foot of Vebhāra.
25.0 …
vediyaka →
dppn
VediyakaVediya
A mountain to the north of Ambasaṇḍā, in which was the Indasālaguhā, where the Buddha stayed. The mountain was bathed in radiance when Sakka visited the Buddha on the occasion of the p …
verañjā →
dppn
A town in which the Buddha once spent the rainy season at the invitation of the brahmin Verañja. Verañja visits the Buddha at the foot of the Naḷerupucimanda, where he is staying, and asks him a serie …
veḷukaṇṭakī →
dppn
VeḷukaṇṭakīVeḷukaṇḍakīVeḷukaṇḍakiyāVeḷukaṇṭakiyā
A lady of Veḷukaṇṭa. She is mentioned as an exemplary lay woman.AN.i.88 AN.ii.164 AN.i.26 SN.ii.236 She founded, for the Order headed by Sāriputta and …
veḷuvana →
dppn
Veḷuvana1Veṇuvana
A park near Rājagaha, the pleasure garden of Bimbisāra. When the Buddha first visited Rājagaha, after his Enlightenment, he stayed at the Latthivanuyyāna. Vin.i.35 The da …
yakkha →
dppn
A class of non human beings generally described as non-human. They are mentioned with Devas, Rakkhasas, Dānavas, Gandhabbas, Kinnaras, and Mahoragas (? Nāgas).
Elsewhere AN.ii.38 they rank, in progr …
yasadatta →
dppn
While journeying in the company of Sabhiya, he came to Sāvatthī, where he was present at the discussion between Sabhiya and the Buddha. It was his purpose to try and discover flaws in the Buddha’s arg …
yasoja →
dppn
YasojaYasojoti
The Udāna mentions Ud.iii.3 how Yasoja and five hundred of his companions went to see the Buddha at Jetavana. There they stood talking to the monks who lived there and made a great upr …
ābha →
dppn
A generic name for devas distinguished for their brilliance, such as the Parittābhā and the Appamāṇābhā. MN.iii.102
ābhassarā →
dppn
A Brahma-world where live radiant devas from whose bodies rays of light are emitted, like lightning. It belongs to the Rūpaloka and is in the plane of second jhāna The devas living there subsist on …
ānanda →
dppn
One of the principal disciples of the Buddha. He was a first cousin of the Buddha and was deeply attached to him. Ānanda entered the Order in the second year of the Buddha’s ministry, together with ot …
āpaṇa →
dppn
A city in the Aṅguttarāpa country, probably its capital. The Buddha once visited the city with 1,250 monks and the whole company was entertained by the Jaṭila Keṇiya. Vin.i.245ff. From Āpaṇa the Bud …
ātumā →
dppn
A town that lay between Kusinārā and Sāvatthī. Once the Buddha, with a large company of bhikkhus, visited the town. At that time there dwelt in it a monk who had been ordained late in life and had for …
assāda →
farkas
vonzerő, kielégülés
abbhañjana →
ncped
rubbing with oil, smearing, oiling, lubricating; unguent, oil.
abbhāgata →
ncped
come; arrived (as a guest); an (uninvited) guest.
abhilakkhita →
ncped
marked out, indicated; characterized; appointed; distinguished.
abhiseka →
ncped
worthy of inauguration as king
abhisekika →
ncped
belonging to or used for the inauguration (of a king)
abhisekiya →
ncped
belonging to or used for the inauguration (of a king)
abhisitta →
ncped
sprinkled; inaugurated (as king or queen)
abhisiñcapeti →
ncped
causes to be inaugurated; has made king or queen.
abhisiñcati →
ncped
sprinkles; sprinkles (with water) to inaugurate as king or queen; consecrates.
abhisiñcayati →
ncped
sprinkles; inaugurates (as king).
abhiññāta →
ncped
- known, understood.
- well-known, famous; distinguished
abhiññātakolañña →
ncped
of distinguished family
accaguṃ →
ncped
accaguṃaccagū
aor. 3 sg. surpassed, overcame.
acceka →
ncped
urgent, pressing; irregular.
addhagū →
ncped
going on the road, walking, travelling; a traveler, a wayfarer.
adhijegucchaṃ →
ncped
as regards what is detestable, as regards scrupulousness.
adhijegucche →
ncped
as regards what is detestable, as regards scrupulousness.
adhunbhisita →
ncped
recently inaugurated
aggha →
ncped
aggha1
masculine price; worth.
aggha2
masculine neuter hospitality, respectful reception of a guest; an offering of water etc. to a guest.
aggupaṭṭhāka →
ncped
the chief personal (male) attendant
ajjhagū →
ncped
ajjhājapajjanta →
ncped
(~antī)n. committing an offense; incurring; guilty of.
ajjhāpanna →
ncped
- (act.) who has committed, become guilty of (an offense).
- (pass.) committed?.
akkhigūthaka →
ncped
an excretion from the eye
akukkucca →
ncped
free from anxiety; free from feelings of guilt
ambapālaka →
ncped
guardian of mango trees
anabhinandana →
ncped
or ~ā, feminine displeasure; disgust
anabhisitta →
ncped
not inaugurated (as king or queen)
anajjhāpanna →
ncped
who has not committed, not become guilty of (an offense)
anaññaneyya →
ncped
- not to be led by someone else; not needing guidance from anyone else.
- whither one cannot be guided by others
antagaṇṭhi →
ncped
twisting of the gut, a twisted gut
antagū →
ncped
going to the end; having reached the end
antābādha →
ncped
the illness of twisting of the gut:
anupubbakiriyā →
ncped
regular or gradual working.
anupubbapaṭipadā →
ncped
regular or gradual progress.
anupubbasikkhā →
ncped
regular or gradual training.
anupubbaso →
ncped
in regular order.
anupubbaṃ →
ncped
in regular order, by turn; gradually.
anurakkhana →
ncped
guarding, preservation, taking care of
anurakkhati →
ncped
protects, guards; preserves; takes care of.
anurakkhaṇa →
ncped
guarding, preservation, taking care of
anurakkhā →
ncped
guarding; preservation.
anusāsati →
ncped
teaches, instructs; advises, exhorts; guides, leads (a group); governs, administers.
anuvicarāpeti →
ncped
guides (someone) round
anvagū →
ncped
…gone into, falling…
anāgu →
ncped
blameless
anārakkha →
ncped
not watchful, not guarding
anīkaṭṭha →
ncped
soldier, esp. a royal guard or bodyguard
apagataphegguka →
ncped
with the accessory wood gone
ariyaka →
ncped
- (n.) the Ariya language.
- (mfn.) who is an Ariya, who speaks the Ariya language.
atithibali →
ncped
offering to a guest
atithī →
ncped
guest; stranger.
ativāha →
ncped
what leads across, a guide, a conveyance.
attha →
ncped
attha1
m rarely neuter
- aim, purpose, goal; advantage, profit, benefit.
- use, need, want (+ instr.).
-
- affair, concern, business; problem; thing, matter; (with verbs of saying, a …
ayaguḷa →
ncped
an iron ball
ayoguḷa →
ncped
an iron ball
aññātakavesena →
ncped
in disguise; not in one owns form.
aṅgarāga →
ncped
unguents or cosmetics for the body
aṅgula →
ncped
finger.
aṅgulimuddikā →
ncped
signet ring
aṅgulī →
ncped
finger (often in pi. including the thumb); (occasionally) a toe.
aṅgulīchinna →
ncped
whose finger has been cut off
aṅgulīpada →
ncped
finger-mark
aṅgulīpatodaka →
ncped
poking with the finger; tickling
aṅguṭṭha →
ncped
the thumb; the big toe.
aṅguṭṭhapada →
ncped
thumb-mark
aṭṭa →
ncped
aṭṭa1
masculine a watchtower.
aṭṭa2
mfn. a lawsuit, a legal case.
aṭṭa3
mfn. distressed, tormented, afflicted; molested, plagued, hurt.
aṭṭhaguṇaṃ →
ncped
eight times; eight times as much
aṭṭhaṅgula →
ncped
of eight finger-breadths; to the extent of eight finger-breadths
aṭṭhaṅguli →
ncped
to the height or extent of eight finger-breadths
aṭṭhaṅgupeta →
ncped
characterized by the eight parts or factors (i.e. by the observance of the first eight precepts)
aṭṭīyati →
ncped
(from aṭṭa) is distressed, pained, disgusted.
catugguṇa →
ncped
fourfold; four times; folded four times; of four thicknesses.
catuguṇa →
ncped
fourfold; four times; folded four times; of four thicknesses.
caturassa →
ncped
caturassa1
mfn. & m (or n.)
- (mfn.) four cornered, quadrangular; four sided; square.
- (m. or n.) a four cornered figure, a square or rectangle (?)
- (~assa) yoked with four horses. …
caturassaka →
ncped
four-cornered; quadrangular.
caturaṅgula →
ncped
measuring four inches; measuring four fingers breadth.
caturaṅgulika →
ncped
measuring four fingers breadth.
chadana →
ncped
- a thatch; a roof; a cover.
- a leaf, foliage; hair.
- an external (false) covering; a disguise; a pretense.
chanda →
ncped
chanda1
masculine & neuter (m.)
- in a bad sense: desire, appetite (for, loc.); affection; partiality.
- in a good sense or neutral sense: will; intention; appetite for; eagerness.
- c …
chavi →
ncped
- skin; esp. the outer layer of the skin; the epidermis; an integument.
- the covering of a cushion.
cittānurakkhi →
ncped
who guards the thoughts.
cittānurakkhin →
ncped
who guards the thoughts.
ciṅgulaka →
ncped
toy wind mill.
ciṅgulayitvā →
ncped
having turned or whirled around.
ciṅgulika →
ncped
ciṅgulāyitvā →
ncped
cātummahārājika →
ncped
- (mfn. & m.) belonging to the company attending the four great kings, the world guardians; a deva or the devas belonging to that company.
- (n.) the world of the catummaharajika devas.
dadhi →
ncped
sour, coagulated milk.
daṇḍavāgurā →
ncped
devajigucchaka →
ncped
who dislikes or disapproves of the gods.
dhamma →
ncped
-
- how the world of experience works, the processes by which it works and is explained (especially as formulated in cattāri ariyasaccānī and paṭiccasamuppāda), and the possibility and way of transc …
dhammadhipa →
ncped
with dhamma as master; guided by dhamma.
dhammagutta →
ncped
protected by the dhamma; who protects the dhamma.
dhammanetti →
ncped
the leading rope, the guiding rope, that is dhamma (?)
dhammika →
ncped
- in conformity with the rule or regulation.
- righteous, just; acting rightly.
- lawful, legitimate; in conformity with what is right.
- right; justice.
dhi →
ncped
indeclinable (an exclamation expressing reproach or displeasure or disgust) shame! out upon … ! (usually + acc., also + gen., voc. or nom.)
dhutaṅgaguṇa →
ncped
an ascetic practice.
dhuvabhatta →
ncped
regular food; a guaranteed meal (for a particular person (?)
dhuvabhattika →
ncped
having a regular supply of meals.
dhuvayāgu →
ncped
regular gift of rice gruel.
diguṇa →
ncped
dugguṇa →
ncped
duguṇa →
ncped
dukkhupasamana →
ncped
extinguishing dukkha.
duppaṭimantiya →
ncped
hard to answer or refute; hard to argue with.
duranurakkhiya →
ncped
hard to protect or guard.
duvaṅgula →
ncped
duṭṭha →
ncped
duṭṭha1
pp mfn corrupt; spoilt; sullied.
duṭṭha2
pp. mfn. & masculine bearing ill-will; inimical; angered; malignant; (of animals) enraged; vicious; a rogue, a villain.
dvaṅgula →
ncped
the breadth of two fingers; (mfn.) measuring two finger-breadths.
dvaṅgulakappa →
ncped
two finger-breadth practice.
dvaṅgulapañña →
ncped
with ‘two finger’ understanding (with little understanding; or whose understanding is in her two fingers)
dvaṅgulipañña →
ncped
dvejjha →
ncped
the possibility of two sides or interpretations; ambiguity; doubt, uncertainty.
dviguṇa →
ncped
double, doubled; of double thickness; twice as much as, twice as many as; ~a, ~ena, adv., twice; twice as much.
dvijivha →
ncped
double-tongued; false-tongued.
dāyapāla →
ncped
the keeper or guardian of a park.
dīghaṅguli →
ncped
having long fingers (one of the 32 characteristics of a mahapurisa)
ekaguṇaṃ →
ncped
once
ekatta →
ncped
ekatta1
neuter abstr. the being one;
- oneness, unity; identity; integration; a collective idea; a single concept; the single number, the singular;
- singleness, being alone, solitarine …
eragu →
ncped
kind of grass.
eḷagalāgumba →
ncped
an eḷagala thicket.
giriguhā →
ncped
mountain cleft; a gorge or cave.
gonaṅgula →
ncped
kind of black colored monkey.
gopaka →
ncped
cowherd; a guardian.
gopeti →
ncped
guards; protects; watches, keeps safe; covers, closes.
gopita →
ncped
guarded; protected; defended.
guhā →
ncped
an enclosed (hiding) place or space; a cave; a cavern.
guhāsaya →
ncped
being in the body.
gulasi →
ncped
kind of plant.
gulhaka →
ncped
gumba →
ncped
troop of soldiers; a guard.
gumbiya →
ncped
one of a troop of soldiers; a guard.
gundā →
ncped
the rush nut, cyperus rotundus.
gutta →
ncped
guarded; protected; watchful; protector; defender; preserver.
guttadvāra →
ncped
with means of access (of the sense-faculties) guarded; defended; controlled.
gutti →
ncped
protection; guarding; watchfulness; controlling.
guyha →
ncped
what is to be covered or concealed; the parts of the body which to be covered, esp. the private parts; what is to be kept secret, secret; private; a secret.
guyhamanta →
ncped
secret or private discussion or plan.
guḷa →
ncped
type of sugar; in lumps or liquid; treacle; molasses.
guḷapiṇḍa →
ncped
lump of sugar.
guḷavākala →
ncped
with a thick (or knotted? or matted?) fringe.
guḷikā →
ncped
pill; a small ball or globe; a globule.
guḷāguṇdikajāta →
ncped
guḷāguṇṭhikajāta →
ncped
become enveloped in a tangled ball; knotted in ball; in a tangle of threads.
guḷāsava →
ncped
spirit distilled from sugar or molasses.
guṇa →
ncped
- a secondary element; a quality, an attribute; esp. a good quality.
- a strand, a subdivision; a tie; a string; bow string; the string of a musical instrument.
guṇaka →
ncped
(or m.) stitching to strengthen the edge of a belt.
guṇava →
ncped
possessed of good qualities or virtues; excellent, estimable.
guṇavat →
ncped
possessed of good qualities or virtues; excellent, estimable.
guṭṭha →
ncped
gūhā →
ncped
gūtha →
ncped
feces; dung; excrement.
gūthabhakkha →
ncped
one who feeds on excrement.
gūthabhastā →
ncped
bag of dung.
gūthagata →
ncped
- (mfn.) fallen into dung; covered in dung; smeared in excrement.
- (n.) excrement; dung.
gūthakūpa →
ncped
cesspit.
gūthaniraya →
ncped
the excrement hell.
gūthāda →
ncped
gūthādi →
ncped
(~ī) eating excrement; one who feeds on dung.
gūthādin →
ncped
(~ī) eating excrement; one who feeds on dung.
gūḷhaka →
ncped
hidden; secret.
jambupālaka →
ncped
guardian of rose apple trees.
jatu →
ncped
jatu1
neuter gum or resin; lac.
jatu2
feminine a bat.
jatumaṭṭhaka →
ncped
stick of gum or resin (used as a dildo)
jeguccha →
ncped
- (mfn.) contemptible; loathsome; disgusting; detestable.
- (n.) disgust; recoiling from.
jegucchi →
ncped
or neuter recoiling from; scrupulousness.
jegucchin →
ncped
who detests or avoids or recoils from; being disgusted; scrupulous; fastidious.
jegucchiya →
ncped
contemptible, detestable; loathsome, disgusting.
jigucchamāna →
ncped
of jigucchati
jigucchanta →
ncped
(~antī)n. of jigucchati
jigucchati →
ncped
shuns, avoids; loathes, detest; is disgusted with or horrified at.
jigucchita →
ncped
- (mfn.) disliked; detested.
- (n.) avoidance; abstention.
jigucchitabba →
ncped
of jigucchati
jigucchitvā →
ncped
of jigucchati
jivhadhātu →
ncped
the constituent element that is the tongue (as sense organ)
jivhagga →
ncped
the tip of the tongue.
jivhanicchākaraṃ →
ncped
indeclinable sticking out the tongue.
jivhaviññeyya →
ncped
cognizable by the sense-organ that is the tongue.
jivhā →
ncped
the tongue; the organ of taste.
jivhānittaddana →
ncped
paralyzing the tongue by means of a spell.
jivhāyatana →
ncped
the sphere of perception, the sense organ that is the tongue.
jutima →
ncped
brilliant; bright; distinguished.
jutimat →
ncped
brilliant; bright; distinguished.
kandara →
ncped
gully, a gorge; a ravine; an inlet
kandarā →
ncped
gully, a gorge; a ravine; an inlet
kappa →
ncped
-
(m. n.)
- an aeon, a cycle of the world’s evolution and dissolution; one stage of a cycle; a very long period of time.
- a (limited) length of time
-
(m.n.) an allowable practice; an allo …
kasāva →
ncped
an astringent substance; an astringent decoction (from plants); an exudation or gum
kasāya →
ncped
an astringent substance; an astringent decoction (from plants); an exudation or gum
kathāsallāpa →
ncped
conversation; dialogue
kaṅgu →
ncped
kind of grain, panic seed.
kaṇṇagūthaka →
ncped
earwax; cerumen of the ear
khattiyābhiseka →
ncped
inauguration as king
khettapāla →
ncped
one who guards a field, a watchman
kiṭṭhārakkha →
ncped
guard of cornfields.
kosārakkha →
ncped
treasurer; a guardian of the treasury
koṭi →
ncped
the curved end (of a bow); the end or top of anything; the edge or point; the highest point; a point or side in an argument, an alternative.
kukkucca →
ncped
mental agitation (arising from anxiety that one has done or might do wrong, or might fail to do right); a feeling of guilt; remorse; worried (over-)scrupulousness.
kāmaguṇa →
ncped
- desire, passion.
- (usually kāmagunā, m.pl (and ~āni, n.pl)), the strand(s) of (what furnishes) sensual pleasure, the subdivisions or classes of the objects of pleasure
kāyura →
ncped
bracelet (worn on the upper arm); an arm-guard; (according to commentaries) a neck-ornament, a necklace
kāyūra →
ncped
bracelet (worn on the upper arm); an arm-guard; (according to commentaries) a neck-ornament, a necklace
nayati →
ncped
- leads, guides, conducts; takes; takes away; takes away in marriage; carries off.
- finds out, ascertains; decides; determines.
naṅguṭṭha →
ncped
tail.
neta →
ncped
one who takes, who leads; a leader; a guide.
netar →
ncped
one who takes, who leads; a leader; a guide.
nibbakosa →
ncped
the gutter, the edge, of the eaves; the shelter of the eaves; ?
nibbidā →
ncped
weariness (of); disenchantment, dissatisfaction, disgust (with)
nibbijja →
ncped
having been disheartened or disgusted.
nibbinda →
ncped
- (mfn.) being dissatisfied or disgusted; weary; turning away.
- (m.) dissatisfaction; disgust; turning away.
nibbindati →
ncped
is despondent; becomes wearied, fed up (with, loc., occasionally acc. or instr.), feels disenchantment or dissatisfaction or disgust (with, loc., occasionally acc. or instr.); gives up, turns away from (abl.)
nibbinditvā →
ncped
having got wearied of; having been disgusted with.
nibbinna →
ncped
- disenchanted or dissatisfied or disgusted (with); weary (of)
- which has caused dissatisfaction or disgust; given up, turned away from.
nibbinnarūpa →
ncped
very disgusted with; weary of.
nibbāpana →
ncped
extinguishing; cooling; allaying.
nibbāpetabba →
ncped
extinguishes; cools; calms, allays; refreshes
niddhamana →
ncped
drain; a gutter; a canal.
nillāletvā →
ncped
having wagged (the tongue); having moved the tongue to and fro.
nimitta →
ncped
-
- a sign or mark by which something or someone is recognized or identified or known or defined; a distinguishing mark or appearance; a perceived (enduring) attribute, predicate (especially that of …
nimittaṃ gaṇhāti →
ncped
marks, apprehends the characteristic features; apprehends an object or appearance (as distinguished in various ways); distinguishes, identifies an object or appearance.
nimittaṃ karoti →
ncped
makes a sign; marks; indicates; distinguishes.
ninneta →
ncped
one who ascertains, settles; a guide.
ninnetar →
ncped
one who ascertains, settles; a guide.
ninnāmeti →
ncped
puts out (the tongue)
nipāteti →
ncped
- makes fall down (on), makes lie down; lowers; throws down; fixes, fixes (the teeth) in; casts upon, imputes; (brings together; ?)
- inlays, embosses.
- sets down as a special or irregular form.
nirayapāla →
ncped
guard, a torturer in hell.
nissaya →
ncped
- support, what one depends or relies on; refuge, shelter; dependence; reliance.
- support, resource; requisite.
- (a relation of) dependence and guidance and supervision (under an upajjhāya or ācariya)
nāyaka →
ncped
guide, a leader; a chief, a lord; esp. a Buddha.
nāyikā →
ncped
female guide, a female leader; a female chief, a mistress.
ogumpheti →
ncped
winds round, weaves round; ties together.
ogumphetvā →
ncped
ogumphiyati →
ncped
oguṇṭhita →
ncped
covered; with the head covered; veiled.
oguṇṭhitvā →
ncped
covering (the head); veiling.
omāna →
ncped
contempt; self disgust, self despising.
oṇirakkha →
ncped
one who watches over a charge, who guards what has been entrusted to him.
sārakkha →
ncped
guarded; with a protector
taddiguṇa →
ncped
twice that, double that
tapojigucchā →
ncped
recoiling from, shunning, through austerity; the scrupulousness that is ascetic practice; scrupulousness and ascetic practice.
tiguṇa →
ncped
threefold; three times; of three thicknesses.
tilasaṅguḷikā →
ncped
sesame cake.
tiṇapurisa →
ncped
figure made of straw.
tutta →
ncped
pike or goad for guiding elephants.
tāyati →
ncped
protects; guards.
ubbaṭṭayati →
ncped
massages, rubs (with unguents)
ubbaṭṭeti →
ncped
massages, rubs (with unguents)
udaggudagga →
ncped
very joyful
udapānāli →
ncped
a channel or gutter for a well
udapānāḷi →
ncped
a channel or gutter for a well
ummaddeti →
ncped
massages, rubs (with unguents).
ummaddāpeti →
ncped
causes (someone) to massage or rub (with unguents)
upacarati →
ncped
approaches; serves, attends; treats carefully, honors; uses figuratively.
upaccaguṃ →
ncped
upaccagū →
ncped
upasamati →
ncped
becomes calm or quite; ceases; is allayed, is extinguished
upasammati →
ncped
becomes calm or quite; ceases; is allayed, is extinguished
upasanta →
ncped
calmed, pacified, at peace; calm, tranquil; ceased, extinguished
upārambha →
ncped
reproof, criticism, faultfinding; argumentative challenge.
upārambhānisaṃsa →
ncped
useful for argumentative challenge, thinking it useful for argumentative challenge
upāvisi →
ncped
useful for argumentative.
upāvisiṃ →
ncped
challenge, thinking it useful for argumentative.
ussayavādikā →
ncped
contentious or violent in speech; argumentative, seeking litigation.
uyyānapāla →
ncped
keeper of a park; a guardian of a park
ābhiseka →
ncped
worthy of inauguration as king
ābhisekika →
ncped
belonging to or used for the inauguration (of a king)
ādinna →
ncped
- taken, grasped; taken up, undertaken.
- used, employed (of the distinguishing mark on a robe).
āgu →
ncped
āgu1
3 plural
āgu2
neuter offense, wrong-doing.
āgucāri →
ncped
doing wrong; criminal
āgucārin →
ncped
doing wrong; criminal
āguṃ →
ncped
āgū →
ncped
ākappa →
ncped
dress, appearance, guise; outward sign; deportment; (good) behavior.
ānulomika →
ncped
in regular order; conformable to, suitable.
ānupubba →
ncped
order, regular order, succession.
ānupubbikathā →
ncped
an exposition or narrative in a regular order; an account of previous events; a progressive or gradual sermon; instruction step by step.
āpajigucchaka →
ncped
who spurns or despises (the element of) water
āpattigāmi →
ncped
guilty of an offense (not yet dealt with)
āpattigāmin →
ncped
guilty of an offense (not yet dealt with)
āraddha →
ncped
āraddha1
pp mfn. (pass.) taken hold of, undertaken, begun, initiated
āraddha2
mfn. accomplished, achieved; pleased; satisfied.
āraddhā →
ncped
having begun or started.
ārakkha →
ncped
guard, protection; preservation; keeping fast.
ārakkhasārathi →
ncped
guarding charioteer
ārakkhat →
ncped
guarding, keeping watch over, preserving.
ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ →
ncped
as a consequence of guarding or holding fast
ārāmapāla →
ncped
keeper or guardian of a park
ātitheyya →
ncped
gift of hospitality, a gift to a guest.
āvāsika →
ncped
- (mfn.) resident; in (regular or permanent) residence (usually of a bhikkhu).
- (m.) a resident bhikkhu (usually staying permanently in the vihāra and/or acting as a caretaker).
anabhirati-saññā →
nyana
Anabhirati-saññā: Disgustes with the entire world; see: sabba - loke anabhirati - sañña.
anupubba-nirodha →
nyana
Anupubba-nirodha: The 9 ‘successive ceasings’, are the 8 ceasings reached through the 8 absorptions jhāna and the ceasing of feeling and perception’ see: nirodha-samāpatti, as it is said in …
anusaya →
nyana
Anusaya: The 7 ‘latent tendencies’, hidden inclinations, or latent liabilities are:
1: The latent tendency to sense-greed kāma-rāga samyojana,
2: The latent tendency to aversion *patigh …
anussati →
nyana
Anussati: ‘recollection’, reflection, meditation, contemplation. The six recollections often described in the Suttas e.g. A. VI, 10, 25; D. 33 are:
1: Recollection of the Buddha, *buddhānussati …
aparihāniya-dhamma →
nyana
Aparihāniya-dhamma: ‘conditions of welfare’ lit. of non-decline, for a nation. Seven such conditions are mentioned in the Mahā-Parinibbāna Sutta D. 16. They are followed by five sets of 7, and …
asañña-satta →
nyana
Asañña-satta: The unconscious beings, are a class of divine beings in the fine-material world; see: deva II. There are, Bhikkhus, divine beings known as the unconscious ones. As soon, however, …
asmi-māna →
nyana
Asmi-māna: lit.: ‘I am’-conceit, ‘ego-conceit’, may range from the coarsest pride and self-assertion to a subtle feeling of one’s distinctiveness or superiority that persists, as the 8th fette …
association →
nyana
Association: sampayutta-paccaya is one of the 24 conditional relations paccaya. *
Asubha:* Impurity, loathsomeness, foulness, disgust. - In Vis.M VI, it is the cemetery contemplations * …
avijjā →
nyana
Avijjā: I gnorance, nescience, the blindness of not knowing, is synonymous with confusion moha (see mūla ), is the primary & deepest root of all evil and suffering in the world, veiling man’s …
bala →
nyana
Bala: ‘powers’. Among various groups of powers the following five are most frequently met with in the texts: 1 faith saddhā, 2 energy viriya, 3 awareness or mindfulness sati, 4 concentration …
bhāvanā →
nyana
Bhāvanā: ‘mental development’ lit. ‘calling into existence, producing’ is what in English is generally but rather vaguely called ‘meditation’. One has to distinguish 2 kinds: development of tranqu …
cakka →
nyana
Cakka: ‘wheel’, is one of the seven ‘precious possessions’ ratana of a righteous World Emperor cakkavatti ‘He who owns the Wheel,’ cf. D. 26, and symbolizes conquering progress and expanding s …
citta-kammaññatā →
nyana
Citta-kammaññatā: °lahutā, °mudutā, °paguññatā, °passaddhi, °ujukatā see: Tab. II.
contiguity →
nyana
Contiguity: samanantara-paccaya is one of the 24 conditions paccaya.
gustatory organ →
nyana
[[gustatory organ]]Gustatory organ: see: āyatana.
hetu →
nyana
Hetu: ‘cause’, condition, reason; Abhidhamma root-condition. In sutta usage it is almost synonymous with paccaya ‘condition’, and often occurs together with it ’What is the cause, what is the c …
iddhi →
nyana
Iddhi: ‘power’, ‘magical power’. The magical powers constitute one of the 6 kinds of higher spiritual powers abhiññā. One distinguishes many kinds of magical powers: the power of determination * …
iddhi-pāda →
nyana
Iddhi-pāda: ‘roads to power’ or success are the 4 following qualities,,for as guides, they indicate the road to power connected therewith; and because they form, by way of preparation, the roads …
immediacy →
nyana
Immediacy: an alternative rendering for contiguity-condition, samanatara - paccaya which is one of the 24 conditions paccaya
indriya →
nyana
Indriya: ‘abilities’, is a name for 22, partly physical, partly mental, phenomena often treated in the Suttas as well as in the Abhidhamma. They are:
6 Bases āyatana:
- eye: …
indriyesu gutta-dvāratā →
nyana
[[indriyesu gutta-dvāratā]]Indriyesu gutta-dvāratā: ‘guarding the sense-doors’ is identical with sense-control indriya - samvara see: sīla
iriyā-patha →
nyana
Iriyā-patha: lit. ‘ways of movement’: ‘bodily postures’, i.e. going, standing, sitting, lying. In the Satipatthāna-sutta see: satipatthāna they form the subject of a contemplation and an exerc …
paccaya →
nyana
Paccaya: ‘condition’, is something on which something else, the so-called ‘conditioned thing’, is dependent, and without which the latter cannot be. Many are the ways in which one thing, or one o …
padhāna →
nyana
Padhāna: ‘effort.’ The 4 right efforts samma - padhāna forming the 6th stage of the 8-fold path i.e. sammā - vāyāma see: magga are: 1 the effort to avoid samvara-padhāna 2 to overc …
paramattha →
nyana
Paramattha: sacca - vacana - Desanā ‘truth or term, exposition that is true in the highest or ultimate sense’, as contrasted with the ‘conventional truth’ vohāra - sacca which is also …
pariyatti →
nyana
Pariyatti: ‘learning the doctrine’, the ‘wording of the doctrine’. In the ‘progress of the disciple’, 3 stages may be distinguished: theory, practice, realization, i.e. 1 learning the wording of t …
paticcasamuppāda →
nyana
Paticcasamuppāda: ‘dependent origination’, is the doctrine of the conditionality of all physical and psychical phenomena, a doctrine which, together with that of impersonality anattā, forms the …
patipatti →
nyana
Patipatti: practice, or ‘pursuance’ of the teaching, as distinguished from the mere theoretical knowledge of its wording pariyatti.
patisambhidā →
nyana
Patisambhidā: ‘analytical knowledge’ or ‘discrimination’, is of 4 kinds: analytical knowledge of the true meaning attha-patisambhidā of the law dhamma - patisambhidā, of language nirutti …
patisandhi →
nyana
Patisandhi: lit. ‘reunion, relinking’, i.e. rebirth, is one of the 14 functions of consciousness viññāna-kicca. It is a kamma-resultant type of consciousness and arises at the moment of concep …
pativedha →
nyana
Pativedha: ‘penetration’, signifies the realization of the truth of the Dhamma, as distinguished from the mere acquisition of its wording pariyatti or the practice patipatti of it, in other wo …
paññatti-sīla →
nyana
Paññatti-sīla: ‘prescribed morality’, is a name for the disciplinary rules of the Bhikkhu or layman prescribed by the Buddha, as distinguished from natural or genuine morality pakati-sīla see: sīla
paññā →
nyana
Paññā: ‘understanding, knowledge, understanding, insight’, comprises a very wide field. The specific Buddhist knowledge or understanding, however, as part of the Noble 8-fold path magga to deli …
proficiency →
nyana
Proficiency: of mental properties and consciousness: pāguññatā
progress of the disciple →
nyana
[[progress of the disciple]]Progress of the disciple: Gradual development of the 8-fold path in the: In many suttas occurs an identical passage that outlines the gradual course of development in …
puggala →
nyana
Puggala: ‘individual’, ‘person’, as well as the synonyms: personality, individuality, being satta self attā etc., in short all terms designating a personal entity, hence also: I, you, he, man, …
pāguññatā →
nyana
Pāguññatā: ‘proficiency’, namely, of mental properties kāya - pāguññatā and of consciousness citta - pāguññatā are 2 mental phenomena associated with all advantageous consciousness. Cf. Tab. II.
tathatā →
nyana
Tathatā: ‘Suchness’, designates the firmly fixed nature bhāva of all things whatever. The only passage in the Canon where the word occurs in this sense, is found in Kath. 186 see: Guide, p. 83. …
theravāda →
nyana
Theravāda: ‘Doctrine of the Elders’, is a name of the oldest form of the Buddha’s teachings, handed down to us in the Pāli language. According to tradition, its name is derived from the fact of ha …
ti-lakkhana →
nyana
Ti-lakkhana: the ‘3 charactcristies of existence’, or signata, are impermanency anicca, suffcring or misery dukkha see: sacca, dukkhatā no-self anattā.
Whether Perfect Ones appear in th …
āhāra →
nyana
Āhāra: ‘nutriment’, ‘food’, is used in the concrete sense as material food and as such it belongs to derived materiality see: khandha Summary I. In the figurative sense, as ‘foundation’ or susta …
āhāre patikkūla-saññā →
nyana
[[āhāre patikkūla-saññā]]Āhāre-patikkūla-saññā: ‘reflection on the disgusting aspects of food’, fully described in Vis.M XI, l.
ākāsa →
nyana
Ākāsa: ‘space’, is, according to Com., of two kinds: 1. limited space paricchinnākāsa or paricchedākāsa, 2. endless space anantākāsa, i.e. cosmic space.
- Limited space, under th …
āyatana →
nyana
*Āyatana:
* 1: Spheres, is a name for the four formless absorptions; see: jhāna 5-8.
2: The 12 sources or bases on which depend the mental processes, consist of five physical sense-organs an …
abbhañjana →
pts
anointing, lubricating, oiling; unction, unguent Vin.i.205; Vin.iii.79; Mil.367 (akkhassa a.); Vism.264; Vv-a.295.
fr. abbhañjati
abbhāgata →
pts
having arrived or come; (m.) a guest, stranger Vv.1#5 (= abhi-āgata, āgantuka Vv-a.24).
abhi + ā + gata
abhidhamma →
pts
the “special Dhamma,” i.e.
- theory of the doctrine, the doctrine classified, the doctrine pure and simple (without any admixture of literary grace or of personalities, or of anecdotes, or of argume …
abhijjhālu →
pts
Abhijjhālū & ˚u
(adj.) covetous DN.i.139; DN.iii.82; SN.ii.168; SN.iii.93; AN.i.298; AN.ii.30, AN.ii.59, AN.ii.220 (an˚ + avyapannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko at conclusion of sīla); AN.v.92 sq., AN.v.163, …
abhijjhālū →
pts
Abhijjhālū & ˚u
(adj.) covetous DN.i.139; DN.iii.82; SN.ii.168; SN.iii.93; AN.i.298; AN.ii.30, AN.ii.59, AN.ii.220 (an˚ + avyapannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko at conclusion of sīla); AN.v.92 sq., AN.v.163, …
abhilakkhita →
pts
adjective fixed, designed, inaugurated, marked by auspices Ja.iv.1; DN-a.i.18.
Sk. abhilakṣita in diff. meaning; pp. of abhi + lakṣ
abhinibbidā →
pts
disgust with the world, taedium Ne.61 (taken as abhinibbhidā, according to expln. as “padālanā-paññatti avijj˚aṇḍa-kosānaṃ”), Ne.98 (so MSS, but C. abhinibbidhā).
abhi + nibbidā; confus …
abhinibbijjati →
pts
to be disgusted with, to avoid, shun, turn away from Snp.281 (T. abhinibbijjayātha, variant reading BB˚ nibbijjiyātha & ˚nibbajjiyātha, Snp-a explains by vivajjeyyātha mā bhajeyyātha; variant reading …
abhirakkhati →
pts
to guard, protect Ja.vi.589 (= pāleti C.). Cp. parirakkhati.
abhi + rakkhati
abhirakkhā →
pts
protection, guard Ja.i.204 (= ārakkhā Ja.i.203).
fr. abhirakkhati
abhisameta →
pts
completely grasped or realised, understood mastered SN.v.128 (dhamma a.), SN.v.440 (anabhisametāni cattāri ariyasaccāni, cp. Divy.654 anabhisamitāni c.a.) AN.iv.384 (appattaṃ asacchikataṃ +).
pp. of …
abhiseceti →
pts
to cause to be sprinkled or inaugurated Ja.v.26. (imper. abhisecayassu).
caus. of abhisiñcati
abhiseka →
pts
anointing, consecration, inauguration (as king) AN.i.107 (cp. abhisitta), AN.ii.87 read abhisek’-anabhisitto; Ja.ii.104, Ja.ii.352; Dhp-a.i.350; Pv-a.74. Cp. ābhisekika.
fr. abhi + sic, cp. Sk. abhiṣeka
abhisitta →
pts
- sprinkled over, anointed Snp.889 (manasā, cp. Mnd.298); Mil.336 (amatena loka a.).
- consecrated (King), inaugurated (more freq. in this conn. is avasitta), Vin.iii.44; AN.i.107 (khattiyo khattiye …
abhitunna →
pts
(tuṇṇa). Overwhelmed, overcome overpowered SN.ii.20; Pts.i.129 (dukkha˚), Pts.i.164; Ja.i.407 Ja.i.509 (˚tuṇṇa); Ja.ii.399, Ja.ii.401; Ja.iii.23 (soka˚); Ja.iv.330; Ja.v.268, Sdhp.281.
not as Morris, …
abhivisiṭṭha →
pts
adjective most excellent, very distinguished DN-a.i.99, DN-a.i.313.
abhi + visiṭṭha
abhiyogin →
pts
adjective applying oneself to, practised, skilled (an augur, sooth sayer) DN.iii.168.
fr. abhiyoga
abhiññāta →
pts
- known, recognised Snp.588 (abhiññeyyaṃ ˚ṃ).
- (well)-known, distinguished DN.i.89 (˚kolañña = pākaṭa-kulaja DN-a.i.252), DN.i.235; Snp.p.115.
pp. of abhijānāti
accaya →
pts
- (temporal) lapse, passing; passing away, end, death. Usually as instr. accayena after the lapse of, at the end or death of, after Vin.i.25; DN.ii.127 (rattiyā a.), DN.ii.154 ( …
accha →
pts
Accha1
adjective clear, transparent Vin.i.206 (˚kañjika); DN.i.76 (maṇi = tanucchavi DN-a.i.221), DN.i.80 (udakapatta), DN.i.84 (udaka-rahada); MN.i.100; SN.ii.281 (˚patta); SN.iii.105 ( …
accharā →
pts
Accharā1
feminine the snapping of the fingers, the bringing together of the finger-tips:
- (lit.) accharaṃ paharati to snap the fingers Ja.ii.447; Ja.iii.191; Ja.iv.124, Ja.iv.126 Ja. …
accāyika →
pts
adjective out of time, viz.
- irregular, extraordinary Ja.vi.549, Ja.vi.553.
- urgent, pressing MN.i.149 (karaṇiyan business), MN.ii.112; Ja.i.338; Ja.v.17 ˚ṃ (nt.) hurry Dhp-a.i.18. See also acce …
addhan →
pts
…-gū [Vedic adhvaga] a wayfarer, traveller journeyman Thag.255 = SN.i.212 (but the latter has panthagu variant reading…
addhāna →
pts
same meaning as addhan but as simplex only used with reference to time (i.e. a long time, cp. Vv-a.117 addhānaṃ = ciraṃ). Usually in phrase atītaṃ (anāgataṃ etc.) addhānaṃ in …
adhi →
pts
A. Prep. and pref. of direction & place:
- as direction denoting a movement towards a definite end or goal up to, over, toward, to, on (see C 1a.)
- as place where (prep. c. loc. or abs.) = …
adhicca →
pts
Adhicca1
learning, studying, learning by heart Ja.iii.218, Ja.iii.327 = Ja.iv.301; Ja.iv.184 (vede = adhīyitvā C.), Ja.iv.477 (sajjhāyitvā C.); Ja.vi.213; Mil.164.
ger. of adhi + eti, se …
adhigacchati →
pts
…Vv.32#7; 3 pl. ajjhagū Ja.i.256 (vyasanaṃ); ajjhāgamuṃ SN.i.12. 2nd aor. 3 sg. adhigacchi…
adhijeguccha →
pts
intense scrupulous regard (for others) DN.i.174, DN.i.176.
adhi + jeguccha
adhimucchita →
pts
Adhimuccita & Adhimucchita
past participle drawn towards, attached to, infatuated, indulging in (with loc.) MN.ii.223 (an˚); SN.i.113; Thag.732 (variant reading ˚muccita), Thag.923 (cch), Thag.1175; …
adhimuccita →
pts
Adhimuccita & Adhimucchita
past participle drawn towards, attached to, infatuated, indulging in (with loc.) MN.ii.223 (an˚); SN.i.113; Thag.732 (variant reading ˚muccita), Thag.923 (cch), Thag.1175; …
agalu →
pts
fragrant aloe wood, Agallochum Vv.53#7 (aggalu = Vv-a.237 agalugandha); Vv-a.158 (+ candana). Cp. also Avs.i.24 and akalu.
cp. Sk. agu …
agaru →
pts
adjective
- not heavy, not troublesome, only in phrase: sace te agaru “if it does not inconvenience you, if you don’t mind” (cp. BSk. yadi te aguru. Av. SN.i.94, SN.i.229; SN.ii.90) Vin.i.25; Vin. …
agga →
pts
Agga1
adjective noun
- (adj.)
- of time: the first, foremost Dpvs.iv.13 (saṅgahaṃ first collection). See cpds
- of space: the highest, topmost, Ja.i.52 (˚sākhā)
- of qual …
aggatā →
pts
pre-eminence, prominence, superiority Kv.556 (˚ṃ gata); Dpvs.iv.1 (guṇaggataṃ gatā)
■ (adj.) mahaggata of great value or superiority DN.i.80; DN.iii.224.
abstr. of agga
aggaḷa →
pts
Aggaḷa & Aggaḷā
feminine (see [occasionally with l.](/define/occasionally with l.)) a contrivance to fasten anything for security or obstruction:
- a bolt or cross-bar Vin.i.290; DN.i.89 (*-ṃ āko …
aggaḷā →
pts
Aggaḷa & Aggaḷā
feminine (see [occasionally with l.](/define/occasionally with l.)) a contrivance to fasten anything for security or obstruction:
- a bolt or cross-bar Vin.i.290; DN.i.89 (*-ṃ āko …
aggha →
pts
- price, value, worth, Mil.244; Mhvs.26, Mhvs.22; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.76; Vv-a.77
■ mahaggha (adj.) of great value Ja.iv.138; Ja.v.414; Ja.vi.209; Pv.ii.1#18. See also mahāraha. …
aggi →
pts
fire.
- fire, flames, sparks; conflagration Vin.ii.120 (fire in bathroom); MN.i.487 (anāhāro nibbuto f. gone out for lack of fuel); SN.iv.185, SN.iv.399 (sa-upādāno jalati provided with fuel blazes …
agāra →
pts
- house or hut, usually implying the comforts of living at home as opp. to anagāra homelessness or the state of a homeless wanderer (mendicant). See anagāriyā
■ Thus freq. in two phrases con …
ahi →
pts
snake Vin.ii.109; DN.i.77; SN.iv.198; AN.iii.306 sq.; AN.iv.320; AN.v.289; Mnd.484; Vism.345 (+ kukkura etc.); Vv-a.100; Pv-a.144.
- -kuṇapa the carcase of a snake Vin.iii.68 …
ajjhatta →
pts
adjective noun that which is personal, subjective, arises from within (in contrast to anything outside, objective or impersonal); as adv. & ˚interior, personal, inwardly (opp.; bahiddhā bāhira etc o …
ajjhāpajjati →
pts
to commit an offence, to incur, to become guilty of (acc.) Vin.iv.237. pp. ajjhāpanna (q.v.).
adhi + ā + pad
ajjhāpanna →
pts
become guilty of offence DN.i.245; DN.iii.43; SN.ii.270; AN.iv.277, AN.iv.280; AN.v.178, AN.v.181 an˚; guiltless, innocent Vin.i.103; DN.iii.46; SN.ii.194, SN.ii.269; AN.v.181; Mil.401. For all pass …
ajjhāpatti →
pts
incurring guilt Dhs.299 (an˚).
abstr. to ajjhāpajjati
akkha →
pts
Akkha1
the axle of a wheel DN.ii.96; SN.v.6; AN.i.112; Ja.i.109, Ja.i.192; Ja.v.155 (akkhassa phalakaṃ yathā; C.: suvaṇṇaphalakaṃ viya, i.e. shiny, like the polished surface of an axle …
akkhara →
pts
adjective constant, durable, lasting DN.iii.86. As tt. for one of 4 branches of Vedic learning (DN.i.88) it is Phonetics which probably included Grammar, and is explained by sikkhā …
akkhi →
pts
…the eye Pv-a.198.
- -gūthaka id. Snp.197 (= dvīhi akkhicchiddehi apanīta-ttaca-maṃsasadiso a˚-gūthako…
alasa →
pts
adjective idle, lazy, slack, slothful, languid SN.i.44, SN.i.217; Snp.96 (= jāti-alaso Snp-a.170); Ja.iv.30; Dhp.280 (= mahā-alaso Dhp-a.iii.410). Opp. analasa vigorous energetic SN.i.44; DN.iii …
amacca →
pts
- friend, companion, fellow-worker, helper, esp one who gives his advice, a bosom-friend Iti.73; Ja.vi.512 (sahajātā amaccā); Pv.ii.6#20 (a ˚-paricārikā well-advising friends as company or around …
ambila →
pts
adjective sour, acid; one of the 6 rasas or tastes, viz. a., lavaṇa, tittaka, kaṭuka kasāya, madhura (see under rasa): thus at Mil.56. Another enumeration at Cnd.540 & Dhs.629
■ Ja …
amhā →
pts
cow (?) AN.i.229. The C. says nothing. Amhakam, Amhe
etym. uncertain; Morris J.P.T.S. 1889, 201 too vague
ammā →
pts
mother Ja.iii.392 (gen. ammāya)
■ Voc. amma (see sep.).
onomat. from child language; Sk. ambā, cp. Gr. ἀμμάς mother, Oisl. amma “granny”, Ohg. amma “mammy”, nurse; also Lat. amita …
amāyāvin →
pts
adjective without guile, not deceiving, honest DN.iii.47 (asaṭha +), DN.iii.55 (id.), DN.iii.237; Dhp-a.i.69 (asaṭhena a.).
a + māyāvin, cp. amāya
anassāvin →
pts
adjective not intoxicated, not enjoying or finding pleasure in Snp.853 (sātiyesu a. = sātavatthusa kāmaguṇesu taṇhasanthavavirahita Snp-a.549).
an + assāvin; cp. assāva + āsava
andha →
pts
adjective
- (lit.) blind, blinded, blindfolded Ja.i.216 (dhūm˚); Pv.iv.1#48; Pv-a.3
■ dark, dull, blinding MN.iii.151 (˚andhaṃ adv. dulled); Snp.669 (Ep. of timisa, like Vedic andhaṃ tamaḥ); D …
anna →
pts
“eating”, food, esp. boiled rice, but includes all that is eaten as food, viz. odana, kummāsa, sattu, maccha, maṃsa (rice gruel, flour, fish, meat) Mnd.372 = Mnd.495. Anna is spelt *[aṇṇa](/define/aṇṇ …
anoma →
pts
adjective (only ˚-) not inferior, superior, perfect, supreme, in foll. compounds
anta →
pts
…Pts.i.151 sq. -gū one who has gone to the end, one who has gone through or overcome (dukkha) AN.iv.254, AN.iv.258,…
antarikā →
pts
“what lies in between or near”, i.e.
- the inside of Vin.iv.272 (bhājan˚).
- the neighbourhood, region of (-˚), sphere, compass Vin.iii.39 (ur˚, angul˚); Ja.i.265 (yakkhassa sīm˚ inside the yṡ sph …
anu →
pts
Anu1
indeclinable prep. & pref
A.
As prep. anu is only found occasionally, and here its old (Vedic) function with acc. is superseded by the loc. Traces of …
anubala →
pts
rear-guard, retinue, suite, in -ṃ bhavati to accompany or follow somebody Mil.125.
anu + bala
anubhāva →
pts
orig. meaning “experience, concomitance” and found only in compounds as-˚, in meaning “experiencing the sensation of or belonging to, experience of, accordance with”, e.g. maha˚ sensation of greatnes …
anugacchati →
pts
…3rd pl anvagū Snp.586 (vasaṃ = vasaṃ gata Snp-a.461). Pass anugammati, ppr. anugammamāna accompanied…
anukkama →
pts
- order, turn, succession, going along; only in instr. anukkamena gradually, in due course or succession Ja.i.157, Ja.i.262, Ja.i.290; Vv-a.157; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.14, Pv-a.35 e …
anuloma →
pts
adjective “with the hair or grain”, i.e. in natural order, suitable, fit, adapted to, adaptable straight forward DN.ii.273 (anānuloma, q.v.) SN.iv.401; Pts.ii.67, Pts.ii.70; Dhp-a.ii.208
■ nt. dire …
anupaññatti →
pts
supplementary regulation or order Vin.ii.286; Vin.v.2 sq.
anu + paññatti
anupubba →
pts
adjective following in one’s turn, successive, gradual, by and by, regular Vin.ii.237 (mahāsamuddo a˚-ninno etc.); DN.i.184; Snp.511; Ja.v.155 (regularly formed, of ūrū). Cases adverbially: *[anupubb …
anupubbi-kathā →
pts
Anupubbi-kathā
feminine a gradual instruction, graduated sermon regulated exposition of the ever higher values of four subjects (dāna-kathā, sīla˚, sagga˚, magga˚) i.e. charity righteousness, the h …
anupālaka →
pts
adjective guarding, preserving Sdhp.474.
anu + pālaka
anupālana →
pts
maintenance, guarding, keeping Dpvs.iii.2.
fr. anupāleti
anupāleti →
pts
to safeguard, warrant, maintain Mil.160 (santatiṃ).
anu + pāleti
anurakkhati →
pts
to guard, watch over (acc.), preserve, protect, shield Snp.149; Dhp.327; Ja.i.46; Pp.12
ppr med˚ rakkhamāna(ka) as adj. Sdhp.621.
anu + rakkhati
anurakkhaṇa →
pts
-ā (f.) guarding, protection, preservation DN.iii.225 sq.; AN.ii.16 sq.; Ja.i.133 Pp.12; Dpvs.iv.24 (adj.); Vv-a.32 (citta˚); Sdhp.449.
abstr. fr. anurakkhati
anurakkhin →
pts
adjective guarding, preserving, keeping Ja.v.24.
fr. anurakkhati
anurakkhiya →
pts
adjective in dur˚; difficult to guard Vin.iii.149.
f. anurakkhati
anurakkhā →
pts
guarding, protection, preservation SN.iv.323 (anuddayā a. anukampā).
= anurakkhaṇā
anussāveti →
pts
to cause to be heard or sound; to proclaim utter, speak out Vin.i.103 (˚ssāviyamāna ppr. Pass.), Vin.ii.48 (saddaṃ a.)
pp anussāvita.
anu + sāveti, Caus. of śru, cp. B.Sk …
anutāpa →
pts
anguish, remorse, conscience Vv.40#5 (= vippaṭisāra Vv-a.180); Dhs-a.384.
fr. anu + tāpa
anuvicca →
pts
having known or found out, knowing well or thoroughly, testing, finding out MN.i.301, MN.i.361 (variant reading -vijja); AN.ii.3, AN.ii.84; AN.v.88; Dhp.229 (= jānitvā Dhp-a.iii.329); Snp.530 (= a …
anuyutta →
pts
- applying oneself to, dealing with, practising, given to, intent upon DN.i.166, DN.i.167; DN.iii.232 = AN.ii.205 (attaparitāpan’ ânuyogaṃ a.); SN.iii.153 SN.iv.104; Snp.663 (lobhaguṇe), Snp.814 (met …
anvagū →
pts
3rd pl. aor. of anugacchati SN.i.39; Snp.586.
anīka →
pts
army, array, troops (orig. “front”, i.e. of the battle-array) Vin.iv.107 (where expld. in detail); Snp.623 (bala˚ strong in arms, with strong array i.e. of khanti which precedes; cp. Snp- …
anītiha →
pts
adjective not such and such, not based on hearsay (itiha), not guesswork or (mere) talk AN.ii.26; Thag.331 (cp. MN.i.520); Snp.1053 (= Cnd.49, Cnd.151); Ja.i.456; Ne.166 (cp. Iti.28).
an + ītīha, th …
apacināti →
pts
- [in meaning of Sk. apacīyate cp. P. upaciyyati Pass. of upacināti] to get rid of, do away with, (cp. apacaya), diminish, make less SN.iii.89 (opp. ācināti); Thag.807; Ja.iv.172 (apacineth’ eva kāmā …
apadesa →
pts
- reason, cause, argument MN.i.287 (an˚).
- statement, designation Pv-a.8.
- pretext Ja.iii.60; Ja.iv.13; Pv-a.154. Thus also apadesaka Ja.vi.179.
cp. Sk. apadeśa
apadāna →
pts
- removing, breaking off, DN.iii.88.
- [= Sk. avadāna cp. ovāda] advice, admonition, instruction, morals Vin.ii.4 (an˚ not taking advice), Vin.ii.7 (id.) MN.i.96; AN.v.337 sq. (saddhā˚) Thag.47.
- …
aparādha →
pts
sin, fault, offence, guilt Ja.i.264 (nir˚); Ja.iii.394; Ja.iv.495; Vv-a.69; Pv-a.87, Pv-a.116.
fr. apa + rādh
aparādhika →
pts
adjective guilty, offending, criminal Ja.ii.117 (vāja˚); Mil.149 (issara˚), Mil.189 (aparādhikatā).
fr. aparādha, cp. Sk. aparādhin
aphegguka →
pts
adjective not weak, i.e. strong Ja.iii.318.
a + pheggu + ka
api →
pts
indeclinable both prep. & conj., orig meaning “close by”, then as prep. “towards, to, on to on” and as adv. “later, and, moreover”.
- (prep. pref.)
- prep. c. loc.: api ratte later on in the n …
apiḷahati →
pts
Apiḷahati & Apiḷandhati
to tie on, fasten, bind together; to adorn oneself with (acc.) Ja.v.400 (ger. apiḷayha = piḷandhitvā C.)-Cp. apiḷandhana & pp apiladdha.
Sk. apinahyati, on n: ḷ see note on …
apiḷandhati →
pts
Apiḷahati & Apiḷandhati
to tie on, fasten, bind together; to adorn oneself with (acc.) Ja.v.400 (ger. apiḷayha = piḷandhitvā C.)-Cp. apiḷandhana & pp apiladdha.
Sk. apinahyati, on n: ḷ see note on …
appaṭivāṇa →
pts
non-obstruction, not hindering not opposing or contradicting AN.i.50; AN.iii.41; AN.v.93 sq. adj. Ja.i.326.
a + paṭivāṇa, for ˚vrāṇa, the guṇa-form of vṛ; cp. Sk. prativāraṇa
apālamba →
pts
mechanism to stop a chariot, a safe guard “to prevent warriors from falling out”. SN.i.33 (Mrs Rh. D. trsl “leaning board”); Ja.vi.252 (variant reading upā˚; Kern trsl. “remhout”, i.e. brake).
“a Ved …
apāpaka →
pts
adjective guiltless, innocent f. -ikā Vv.31#4; Vv.32#6.
a + pāpaka
arakkheyya →
pts
adjective only in nt. “that which does not need to be guarded against”, what one does not need to heed, superfluous to beware of AN.iv.82 (cattāri Tathāgatassa a˚ āni).
3 arakkheyyāni are enumerated …
arakkhiya →
pts
adjective not to be guarded, viz.
- impossible to watch (said of women folk) Ja.ii.326 (a. nāma itthiyo); Ja.iii.90 (mātugāmo nāma a.)
- unnecessary to be guarded Vin.ii.194 (Tathāgatā).
a + rakk …
ari →
pts
an enemy
■ The word is used in exegesis & word expln, thus in etym. of arahant (see ref. under arahant v.); of bhūri Pts.ii.197
■ Otherwise in late language only, e.g. Sdhp.493 (˚bhūta) …
ariya →
pts
adjective noun
- (racial) Aryan DN.ii.87.
- (social) noble, distinguished, of high birth.
- (ethical) in accord with the customs and ideals of the Aryan clans, held in esteem by Aryans, gene …
asagguṇa →
pts
bad quality, vice Sdhp.382 (˚bhāvin, the a˚ belongs to the whole cpd.). Asankita & iya;
a + sagguṇa
asaṭha →
pts
adjective without guile, not fraudulent, honest DN.iii.47, DN.iii.55, DN.iii.237; Dhp-a.i.69.
a + saṭha
asnāti →
pts
to eat; imper asnātu Ja.v.376.
Sk. aśnāti to eat, to take food; the regular Pāli forms are asati (as base) and asanāti
assa →
pts
Assa1
shoulder; in cpd. assapuṭa shoulder-bag, knapsack i.e. a bag containing provisions instr. assupuṭena with provisions. Later exegesis has interpreted this as a bag full of ashes, …
assita →
pts
adjective dependent on, relying, supported by (acc.); abiding, living in or on DN.ii.255 (tad˚); Vv.50#16 (sīho va guhaṃ a.); Thag.149 (janaṃ ev’ assito jano); Sdhp.401.
Sk. aśrita, ā + pp. of śri
assāvin →
pts
adjective only in an˚; not enjoying or finding pleasure, not intoxicated Snp.853 (sātiyesu a. sāta-vatthusa kāmaguṇesu taṇhā-santhava-virahita Snp-a.549) See also āsava.
ā + sru
atigacchati →
pts
to go over, i.e. to overcome, surmount, conquer, get the better of, only in pret. (aor. 3rd sg. accagā (q.v. and see gacchati 3) Snp.1040; Dhp.414 and accagamā (see *[ …
atipāta →
pts
attack, only in phrase pāṇātipāta destruction of life, slaying, killing, murder DN.i.4 (pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, refraining from killing, the first of the dasasīla or decalogue); DN-a.i.69 (= pāṇavadha …
atithi →
pts
guest, stranger, newcomer DN.i.117 (= āgantuka-navaka pāhuṇaka DN-a.i.288); AN.ii.68; AN.iii.45, AN.iii.260; Ja.iv.31, Ja.iv.274; Ja.v.388; Kp.viii.7 (n’ atthi assa ṭhiti yamhi vā tamhi vā divase āg …
ativāha →
pts
carrying, carrying over; a conveyance; one who conveys i.e. a conductor, guide Thag.616 (said of sīla, good character); Ja.v.433
■ Cp. ativāhika.
fr. ati + vah, cp. Sk. ativahati & abhivāha
ativāhika →
pts
one who belongs to a conveyance, one who conveys or guides, a conductor (of a caravan Ja.v.471, Ja.v.472 (˚purisa).
fr. ativāha
attan →
pts
atta (the latter is the form used in compn.)
I. Inflection
- of attan- (n. stem); the foll. cases are the most freq:
■ acc. attānaṃ DN.i.13, DN.i.18 …
attha →
pts
Attha1
(also aṭṭha, esp. in combinations mentioned under 3) masculine & neuter
- interest, advantage, gain; (moral) good blessing, welfare; profit, prosperity, well-b …
avaguṇṭhana →
pts
adjective (-˚) covering Sdhp.314.
fr. oguṇṭheti
avekkhati →
pts
to look at, to consider, to see Iti.33 (variant reading ap˚); Dhp.28, Dhp.50, Ja.iv.6; Dhp-a.i.259 (= passati).
B.Sk. avīkṣate. The regular Pāli form however is apekkhati, to which the BSk. av˚ corresponds
avinibbhoga →
pts
adjective not to be distinguished, indistinct Ja.iii.428 (˚sadda).
a + vinibbhoga
avinibbhujaṃ →
pts
adjective unable to distinguish or to know Ja.v.121 (= atīrento C.).
ppr. of a + vinibbhujati
aya FIXME double →
pts
Ayo & Aya
neuter iron. The nom. ayo found only in set of 5 metals forming an alloy of gold (jātarūpa), viz ayo, loha (copper), tipu (tin), *sīsa …
ayo →
pts
Ayo & Aya
neuter iron. The nom. ayo found only in set of 5 metals forming an alloy of gold (jātarūpa), viz ayo, loha (copper), tipu (tin), *sīsa …
añjalikā →
pts
the raising of the hands as a sign of respectful salutation Vv.1#5 (explained at Vv-a.24 as dasanakha-samodhāna samujjalaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi paggaṇhantī guṇa-visiṭṭhānaṃ apacayānaṃ akāsiṃ).
= añjali
añjati →
pts
Añjati1
See añja, añjaya, añjali, añjasa.
= Sk. ṛñjati, ṛjyati to stretch, pull along, draw out, erect; cp. Sk. ṛju straight, caus. irajyati; Gr. ὀρέγω Lat. rego, rectus = erect. See also …
añña →
pts
pronoun another etc
A. By itself
- other not the same, different, another, somebody else (opp oneself) Vin.iii.144 (aññena, scil. maggena, gacchati to take a different route); Snp.459, Sn …
aññātaka →
pts
Aññātaka1
he who is not a kinsman Dhp-a.i.222.
a + ñātaka, cp. Sk. ajñāti
Aññātaka2
adjective unknown, unrecognisable, only in phrase -vesena in unknown form, in disguis …
aḍḍha →
pts
Aḍḍha1
(& addha) one half, half; usually in compn. (see below), like diyaḍḍha 1 1/2 (˚sata 150) Pv-a.155 (see as to meaning Stede, Peta Vatthu p. 107). Note. aḍḍha is nev …
aṅga →
pts
- (lit.) a constituent part of the body, a limb, member; also of objects: part, member (see cpd. ˚sambhāra); uttam˚aṅga the reproductive organ Ja.v.197; also as “head” at Thag-a.209. Usually in cp …
aṅgula →
pts
- a finger or toe MN.i.395 (vank’ angulaṇ karoti to bend the fingers, variant reading anguliṇ); AN.iii.6 (id.); Ja.v.70 (goṇ adj. with ox toes, expld. by C. as with toes like an ox’s tail; …
aṅguleyyaka →
pts
an ornament for the finger, a finger-ring Ja.ii.444 (= nikkha).
cp. Sk. angulīyaka that which belongs to the finger, Mhg. vingerlîn = ring; E. bracelet, Fr bras; thimble thumb etc.
aṅguli →
pts
Aṅgulī & Aṅguli
(thus always in compounds) feminine a finger AN.iv.127; Snp.610; Ja.iii.416 Ja.iv.474; Ja.v.215 (vaṭṭ˚ with rounded fingers); Mil.395; Dhp-a.ii.59; Dhp-a.iv.210; Snp-a.229.
- *-[ …
aṅgulika →
pts
finger Ja.iii.13 (pañc˚); Ja.v.204 (vaṭṭ˚ = pavāḷ˚ ankurasadisā vaṭṭangulī Ja.v.207). See also pañcangulika. Anguli & Anguli;
= angulī
aṅgulī →
pts
Aṅgulī & Aṅguli
(thus always in compounds) feminine a finger AN.iv.127; Snp.610; Ja.iii.416 Ja.iv.474; Ja.v.215 (vaṭṭ˚ with rounded fingers); Mil.395; Dhp-a.ii.59; Dhp-a.iv.210; Snp-a.229.
- *-[ …
aṅguṭṭha →
pts
- the thumb Vin.iii.34; Mil.123; Pv-a.198.
- the great toe Ja.ii.92; Mhvs.35, Mhvs.43.
aṅguṭṭhaka →
pts
Err:501
aṅka →
pts
Aṅka1
= anga, sign, mark, brand Mil.79; -karana branding Ja.iv.366, Ja.iv.375. See also anketi.
Aṅka2
- a hook Ja.v.322 Ja.vi.218 (variant reading BB anga)
- the lap (i.e. …
aṅkusa →
pts
hook, a pole with a hook, used
- for plucking fruit off trees, a crook Ja.i.9 (˚pacchi hook & basket); Ja.v.89 = Ja.vi.520 (pacchikhanitti˚), Ja.vi.529 (= phalānaṃ gaṇhanatthaṃ ankusaṃ)
- to drive …
aṭavī →
pts
- forest, woods Ja.i.306; Ja.ii.117; Ja.iii.220; Dhp-a.i.13; Pv-a.277.
- inhabitant of the forest, man of the woods, wild tribe Ja.vi.55 (= aṭavicorā C.).
- -rakkhika guardian of the forest Ja …
aṭṭa →
pts
Aṭṭa1
a platform to be used as a watchtower Vin.i.140; DN-a.i.209.
cp. see aṭṭaka
Aṭṭa2
lawsuit, case, cause Vin.iv.224; Ja.ii.2, Ja.ii.75; Ja.iv.129 (˚ṃ …
aṭṭha →
pts
Aṭṭha1
num. card, eight, decl. like pl. of adj. in-a A. The number in objective significance, based on natural phenomena: see compounds ˚angula, ˚nakha, ˚pada, ˚pāda B. The number in …
aṭṭiyati FIXME double →
pts
Aṭṭiyati & Aṭṭiyati
to be in trouble or anxiety, to be worried, to be incommodated, usually combd. with harāyati, e.g. DN.i.213 (+ jigucchati); SN.i.131; MN.i.423; P …
aṭṭiyati →
pts
Aṭṭiyati & Aṭṭiyati
to be in trouble or anxiety, to be worried, to be incommodated, usually combd. with harāyati, e.g. DN.i.213 (+ jigucchati); SN.i.131; MN.i.423; P …
babbhara →
pts
imitation of a confused rumbling noise MN.i.128
■ Cp. also P. mammana and sarasara.
onomat., cp. Sk. balbalā-karoti to stammer or stutter, barbara = Gr. βάρβαρος stuttering, …
bahiddhā →
pts
adverb outside (adv. & prep.) DN.i.16; DN.ii.110; SN.i.169; SN.iii.47, SN.iii.103 SN.iv.205; SN.v.157; Vin.iii.113 (˚rūpa opp. ajjhatta-rūpa Snp.203; Vb-a.260 (kāye); Dhp-a.i.211 (c. gen); Dhp-a.i …
bala →
pts
Bala1
neuter
- strength power, force DN.ii.73; AN.i.244; Thag.188; Dhp.109 (one of the 4 blessings, viz. āyu, vaṇṇa, sukha, bala; cp Dhp-a.ii.239); Pv.i.5#12 (= kāya-bala Pv-a.30); Pv …
bali →
pts
- religious offering, oblation DN.ii.74 (dhammika); AN.iv.17, AN.iv.19; Snp.223; Mhvs.36, Mhvs.88 (particularly to subordinate divinities, cp. Mvu. translation 263) Dhp-a.ii.14 (variant reading ˚k …
bandhana →
pts
- binding, bond, fetter Vin.i.21; DN.i.226, DN.i.245 (pañca kāmaguṇā); DN.iii.176; MN.ii.44; SN.i.8, SN.i.24 (Māra˚), SN.i.35, SN.i.40, SN.iv.201 sq. (5 fold) to bind the king of the Devas or Asuras, …
beluva →
pts
Beluva & Beḷuva
- the Vilva tree Aegle marmelos MN.i.108; MN.ii.6; Ja.iv.363, Ja.iv.368; Ja.vi.525 Ja.vi.560.
- wood of the Vilva tree SN.i.22; DN.ii.264 Mhbv.31.
- -pakka ripe …
beḷuva →
pts
Beluva & Beḷuva
- the Vilva tree Aegle marmelos MN.i.108; MN.ii.6; Ja.iv.363, Ja.iv.368; Ja.vi.525 Ja.vi.560.
- wood of the Vilva tree SN.i.22; DN.ii.264 Mhbv.31.
- -pakka ripe …
bha →
pts
indeclinable the letter or sound (syllable) bh; figuring in Bdhgh’s exegesis of the N. Bhagavā as representing bhava, whereas ga stands for gamana, va for vanta Kp-a.109
■ …
bhadda →
pts
Bhaddaa & Bhadrab
adjective
- auspicious lucky, high, lofty, august, of good omen reverend (in address to people of esteem), good, happy fortunate DN.ii.95a; SN.i.1 …
bhaggava →
pts
potter (?) Ja.iii.381, Ja.iii.382 in voc. bhaggava (m.) & bhaggavī (f.). The terms are not explained in C., evidently because somewhat obscure. According to Kern,
Toevoegsele …
bhajati →
pts
to associate with (acc.), keep companionship with, follow, resort to; to be attached to (acc.), to love. Freq. syn. of sevati. The Dhtp & Dhtm mark the fig. meaning (bhaj2</su …
bhamati →
pts
to spin (of a wheel), to whirl about, to roam Dhp.371 (mā te kāmaguṇe bhamassu cittaṃ); Ja.i.414; Ja.iii.206 Ja.iv.4 (cakkaṃ matthake); Ja.iv.6 (kumbha-kāra-cakkaṃ iva bh.); Ja.v.478
pp *[bhanta]( …
bhatta →
pts
feeding, food, nourishment, meal Dhp.185; Pp.28, Pp.55; Ja.ii.15; Ja.v.170 (bhatta-manuñña-rūpaṃ for bhattaṃ-); Vism.66 (where 14 kinds enumerated, i.e. sangha˚ uddesa˚ etc.); Sdhp.118
■ ucchiṭṭh …
bhattika →
pts
adjective (-˚) in dhuva˚; being in constant supply of food, being a regular attendant (servant) or adviser Vin.ii.15. Also at Thag-a.267 in meaning “being a servant, working for food” in expl …
bhava →
pts
“becoming”, (form of) rebirth, (state of) existence, a “life.” There are 3 states of existence conventionally enumerated as kāma˚ rūpa˚, arūpa˚; or sensual existence, deva-corporeal, formless exist …
bhaṇḍa →
pts
- stock in trade; collectively goods, wares, property, possessions, also “object” SN.i.43 (itthi bhaṇḍānaṃ uttamaṃ woman is the highest property), Cnd.38; Ja.iii.353 (yācita˚ object asked = yāca); Th …
bheri →
pts
kettle-drum (of large size; Dhs-a.319 distinguishes 2 kinds: mahā˚ & paṭaha˚ DN.i.79; AN.ii.185; Vv.81#10; Ja.vi.465; Dhp-a.i.396; Sdhp.429
■ issara˚; the drum of the ruler or lord Ja.i.283 *pa …
bhesma →
pts
adjective terrible, awful Vin.ii.203 = Iti.86 (“bhesmā hi udadhī mahā,” so read for Vin. bhasmā with variant reading bhesmā, and for It tasmā, with variant reading BB bhesmā, misunderstood by ed …
bheṇḍi →
pts
kind of missile used as a weapon arrow Vin.iii.77 (where enumerated with asi, satti & laguḷa in expln of upanikkhipana).
perhaps identical with & only wrong spelling; for bheṇḍu = kaṇḍu2
bhikkhu →
pts
an almsman, a mendicant, a Buddhist monk or priest, a bhikkhu.
■ nom. sg. bhikkhu freq. passim; Vin.iii.40 (vuḍḍhapabbajita); AN.i.78 (thera bh., an elder bh.; and nava bh. …
bhiyyo →
pts
(Bhīyo, Bhīyyo)
- (adj.) more Snp.61 (dukkham ettha bhiyyo), Snp.584 (id.), Snp.306 (bh. taṇhā pavaḍḍhatha); Dhp.313 (bh. rajan ākirate), Dhp.349 (bh. taṇhā pavaḍḍhati).
- (adv.) in a higher degree …
bhoga →
pts
Bhoga1
- enjoyment AN.iv.392 (kāmaguṇesu bh.).
- possession, wealth DN.iii.77; Snp.301, Snp.421; Dhp.139, Dhp.355; Pp.30, Pp.57; Sdhp.86, Sdhp.228 Sdhp.264
■ appa˚ little or no pos …
bhojana →
pts
food, meal, nourishment in general Ja.ii.218; Ja.iv.103, Ja.iv.173; Ja.i.178; Ja.iv.223; Snp.102 Snp.128, Snp.242, Snp.366, Snp.667; Dhp.7, Dhp.70; Pp.21, Pp.55; Mil.370 Vism.69, Vism.106; Sdhp.52, Sd …
bhojaneyya →
pts
Bhojaniya, Bhojanīya, Bhojaneyya
what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
■ bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, …
bhojaniya →
pts
Bhojaniya, Bhojanīya, Bhojaneyya
what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
■ bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, …
bhojanīya →
pts
Bhojaniya, Bhojanīya, Bhojaneyya
what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
■ bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, …
bhojja →
pts
adjective to be eaten, eatable; khajja˚; what can be chewed & eaten DN-a.i.85. -yāgu “eatable rice-gruel,” i.e. soft gruel, prepared in a certain way Vin.i.223, Vin.i.224.
grd. of bhuñjati
bhuja →
pts
Bhuja1
masculine & neuter the arm Snp.48 (explained by Cnd.478 as hattha, hand); Snp.682 (pl. bhujāni); Ja.v.91, Ja.v.309; Ja.vi.64 Bv.i.36; Vv.64#18.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. bhuja m. & bhu …
bhujissa →
pts
- (n. m.) a freed slave freeman; a servant as distinguished from a slave Vin.i.93; Ja.ii.313; Pv-a.112
■ bhujissaṃ karoti to grant freedom to a slave Ja.v.313; Ja.vi.389, Ja.vi.546; Dhp-a.i. …
bhuyya →
pts
the regular P. representative of Sk. bhūyas (compar.); for which usually bhiyya (q.v.). Only in cpd. yebhuyyena (q.v.).
bhāgyavant →
pts
adjective having good luck, auspicious fortunate, in def. of term “Bhagavā” at DN-a.i.34 = Vism.210; also at Vv-a.231, where the abstr. bhāgyavantatā is formed as expln of the term *bhā …
bhāra →
pts
- anything to carry, a load Vin.iii.278 (Bdhgh; dāru˚ a load of wood) bhāraṃ vahati to carry a load AN.i.84; Vv-a.23
■ garu˚ a heavy load, as “adj.” “carrying a heavy load” Ja.v.439 (of a w …
bhāsā →
pts
speech, language, esp. vernacular, dialect Ja.iv.279 (manussa˚ human speech), Ja.iv.392 (caṇḍāla˚); Kp-a.101 (saka-saka˚-anurūpa); Snp-a.397 (Milakkha˚); DN-a.i.176 (Kirātā-Yavanâdi-Millakkhāna …
bhāveti →
pts
to beget, produce, increase, cultivate, develop (by means of thought meditation), The Buddhist equivalent for mind-work as creative in idea, MN.i.293; cp. B.Psy p. 132
■ DN.ii.79; MN.ii.11 (cattā …
bhāyati →
pts
to be afraid.
pres ind 1st sg. bhāyāmi Thag.21; Snp.p.48; 2nd sg. bhāyasi Thig.248; 1st pl. bhāyāma Ja.ii.21; 3rd pl. bhāyanto Dhp.129;
imper 2< …
bhāṇaka →
pts
Bhāṇaka1
adjective noun speaking; (n.) a reciter, repeater, preacher (of sections of the Scriptures), like Aṅguttara˚; Vism.74 sq.; Dīgha˚; DN-a.i.15, DN-a.i.131; Ja.i.59 Vism.36, Vi …
bhūmi →
pts
- (lit.) ground, soil, earth Vin.ii.175; Snp.418 (yāna carriage road); Pv.i.10#14≈; Snp-a.353 (heṭṭhā-bhūmiyaṃ under the earth); Dhp-a.i.414 (id., opp. upari-bhūmiyaṃ)
- place, quarter, district …
bhūta →
pts
grown, become; born, produced; nature as the result of becoming. The (exegetical) definition by Bdhgh of the word bhūta is interesting. He (at MN-a.i.31) distinguishes the foll. 7 …
bila →
pts
Bila1
neuter a hole, den, cave AN.ii.33 = SN.iii.85; Thag.189 Mnd.362; Ja.i.480; Ja.ii.53; Ja.vi.574 (= guhā C.); Mil.151 Sdhp.23
■ kaṇṇa˚; orifice of the ear Vism.195; vammīka˚; ant …
bodhi →
pts
Bodhi1
feminine (supreme knowledge, enlightenment, the knowledge possessed by a Buddha (see also sambodhi & sammā-sambodhi) MN.i.356; MN.ii.95 = DN.iii.237 (saddho h …
bojjhaṅga →
pts
factor or constituent of knowledge or wisdom. There are 7 bojjhangas usually referred to or understood from the context. There are enumerated at several places, e.g. at DN.iii.106, where they are ment …
brāhmaṇa →
pts
Brāhmaṇa1
a member of the Brahman caste; a Br teacher. In the Buddhist terminology also used for a man leading a pure, sinless & ascetic life, often even syn. with arahant
■ On brāhmaṇas …
buddha →
pts
Buddha1
adjective
- understood SN.i.35 = SN.i.60 (su-dub-buddha very difficult to understand)
- having attained enlightenment, wise AN.iv.449; Pv-a.16 (buddh’ ādayo), Pv-a.60 (= ari …
buddhaka →
pts
(-˚) adjective in cpd. dvangula-buddhikā (f.) possessing insight as much as 2 finger-breadths Vv-a.96
■ The ˚ka belongs to the whole cpd.
fr. buddha
bībhaccha →
pts
adjective disgusting, awful, horrible, dreadful Ja.ii.276; Ja.iv.71 (˚vaṇṇa), Sdhp.603. -dassana a disgusting sight, horrible to behold Ja.i.171; Pv-a.32, Pv-a.56 Pv-a.68, Pv-a.99 (: all with r …
bīja →
pts
- seed, germ, semen, spawn. Used very frequently in figurative sense: see on similes J.P.T.S. 1907, 116
■ DN.i.135 (˚bhatta seed-corn food); DN.iii.44 (the five kinds: see below under ˚gāma) …
ca →
pts
(indef. enclitic particle)
- Indefinite (after demonstr. pron. in the sense of kiṃ = what about? or how is it? cp. kiṃ) = ever, whoever what-ever, etc. [Sk. kaśca, Gr. ὁς τε, Lat: quisque Goth. h …
caccara →
pts
quadrangular place, a square, courtyard; a place where four roads meet, a cross road Vin.iii.151; Vin.iv.271; Mil.1 (+ catukkasinghāṭaka), Mil.330 (do.); Ja.i.425 (˚raccha).
Sk. catvara, cp. Trenckn …
cakka →
pts
I. Crude meaning
- a wheel (of a carriage) Dhp.1; Pv-a.65 (ratha˚); Mil.27.
- a discus used as a missile weapon Ja.i.74; Pgdp.36; cp khura˚ a razor as an instr. of torture.
- a disc, a …
cakkhu →
pts
the eye (nom. sg. cakkhuṃ) Vin.i.34; SN.i.115; MN.iii.134 etc.)
I. The eye as organ of sense
- psychologically cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā “seeing visible object (shape with the eye” (Nd ii.on …
camma →
pts
- skin, hide, leather Vin.i.192 (sīha˚ vyaggha˚ dīpi˚), Vin.i.196 (elaka˚ aja˚ miga˚) AN.iv.393 (sīha˚ dīpi˚); Pv-a.157 (kadalimiga˚ as rug) Ja.ii.110 (sīha˚); Ja.iii.82, Ja.iii.184; Mil.53; Sdhp.14 …
campā →
pts
Name of a town (Bhagulpore) & a river DN.i.111; DN-a.i.279; Ja.iv.454.
candana →
pts
sandal (tree wood or unguent, also perfume) Vin.i.203; AN.i.9, AN.i.145 AN.i.226; AN.iii.237; Dhp.54; Ja.v.420 (tree, m.); Mil.382; Dhp-a.i.422; Dhp-a.iv.189 (˚pūjā); Vv-a.158 (agalu˚ with aloe & s …
catur →
pts
base of numeral four
- As num. adj. nom. & acc. m cattāro (Dhp.109; Ja.iii.51) and caturo (Snp.84, Snp.188), f. catasso (Snp.1122), nt. cattāri (Snp.227); gen. m. catunnaṃ (Snp.p.102), (f. catassa …
catuttha →
pts
ordinal number the fourth Snp.97 Snp.99, Snp.450; Ja.iii.55; Ja.vi.367; ˚ṃ (adv.) for the fourth time Dhp-a.iii.174
■ f. catutthī Snp.436; Vism.338
■ See also (s.v. Aḍḍha) aḍḍhuḍḍha.
- *-[bha …
caṅgavāra →
pts
hollow vessel, a bowl, cask MN.i.142; Ja.v.186 (in similes). As -ka Mil.365 (trsl. Mil.ii.278 by “straining cloth”). Cp. cañcu “a box” Divy.131.
cp. Tamil canguvaḍa a dhoney, Anglo-Ind. ḍoni, a c …
caṇḍāla →
pts
Caṇḍāla1
a man of a certain low tribe, one of the low classes, an outcaste; grouped with others under nīcā kulā (low born clans) as caṇḍālā nesādā veṇā rathakārā pukkusā at AN.i.107 = AN.i …
cetanā →
pts
state of ceto in action, thinking as active thought, intention, purpose, will Defined as action (kamma: AN.iii.415; cp. Kvu.viii.9 § 38 untraced quotation; cp. AN.v.292). Often comb …
ceteti →
pts
Cinteti & ceteti
Forms
-
cint:
pres cinteti
pot cinteyya;
ppr cintento & cintayanto (Snp.834)
aor cintesi, 3rd pl. cintesuṃ (Ja.i.149), acintayuṃ (Snp.258)
ger ci …
cha →
pts
Cha & Chaḷ
(cha in composition effects gemination of consonant, e.g. chabbīsati = cha + vīsati, chabbaṇṇa cha + vaṇṇa, chaḷ only before vowels in compound chaḷanga, chaḷ-abhiññā) the number six.
…
chanda →
pts
- impulse, excitement; intention, resolution, will desire for, wish for, delight in (c. loc.). Explained at Vism.466 as “kattu-kāmatāy” adhivacanaṃ; by Dhtp.587 & Dhtm.821 as; chand = icchāyaṃ …
chava →
pts
- a corpse Vin.ii.115 (˚sīsassa patta a bowl made out of a skull) See compounds
- (adj.) vile, low, miserable, wretched Vin.ii.112, Vin.ii.188; SN.i.66; MN.i.374; AN.ii.57; Ja.iv.263.
- *-[aṭṭhika …
chavi →
pts
the (outer thin) skin, tegument SN.ii.256; AN.iv.129; Snp.194; Ja.ii.92 Distinguished from camma, the hide (under-skin corium) SN.ii.238 (see camma); also in combination ch-cammam …
chaḷ →
pts
Cha & Chaḷ
(cha in composition effects gemination of consonant, e.g. chabbīsati = cha + vīsati, chabbaṇṇa cha + vaṇṇa, chaḷ only before vowels in compound chaḷanga, chaḷ-abhiññā) the number six.
…
chindati →
pts
to cut off, to destroy, to remove, both lit. (bandhanaṃ, pāsaṃ, pasibbakaṃ, jīvaṃ, gīvaṃ, sīsaṃ hatthapāde, etc.) and fig. (taṇhaṃ, mohaṃ, āsavā saṃyojanāni, vicikicchaṃ, vanathaṃ, etc.) Freq. in …
cinteti →
pts
Cinteti & ceteti
Forms
-
cint:
pres cinteti
pot cinteyya;
ppr cintento & cintayanto (Snp.834)
aor cintesi, 3rd pl. cintesuṃ (Ja.i.149), acintayuṃ (Snp.258)
ger ci …
citta →
pts
Citta1 & Citra
adjective variegated, manifold, beautiful; tasty, sweet, spiced (of cakes), Ja.iv.30 (geṇḍuka); Dhp.171 (rājaratha); Vv.47#9; Pv.ii.11#2 (aneka˚); Pv.iv.3#13 (pūvā = madhurā …
ciṅgulaka →
pts
(& ˚ika) masculine neuter
- a kind of plant Snp.239 (= kaṇavīra-pupphasaṇṭhāna-sīsa Snp-a.283).
- a toy windmill, made of palm-leaves, etc. (DN-a.i.86: tālapaṇṇādīhi kataṃ vātappahārena paribb …
ciṅgulāyati →
pts
to twirl round, to revolve like a windmill AN.i.112.
Denom. fr. cingula
culla →
pts
Culla & cūḷa
adjective small, minor (opp mahā great, major), often in conn. with names & titles of books, e.g. c˚ Anāthapiṇḍika = A jr. Ja.ii.287, cp Anglo-Indian chota sahīb the younger gentleman ( …
cārin →
pts
(only-˚) adjective walking, living, experiencing; behaving, acting, practising.
- lit. asanga˚ SN.i.199 akāla˚ Snp.386; ambu˚ Snp.62; vihangapatha˚ Sdhp.241; sapadāna˚ MN.i.30; Snp.65; pariyanta˚ S …
cāru →
pts
adjective charming, desirable pleasant, beautiful Ja.vi.481; Mil.201; Sdhp.428, Sdhp.512; Vv-a.36 (= vaggu), sucāru SN.i.181; Pv.ii.12#12 (= suṭṭhumanorama).
- -dassana lovely …
cīvara →
pts
the (upper) robe of a Buddhist mendicant C. is the first one of the set of 4 standard requisites of a wandering bhikkhu, vir. c˚, piṇḍapāta alms-bowl, *[senāsana](/define/senās …
cūḷa →
pts
Culla & cūḷa
adjective small, minor (opp mahā great, major), often in conn. with names & titles of books, e.g. c˚ Anāthapiṇḍika = A jr. Ja.ii.287, cp Anglo-Indian chota sahīb the younger gentleman ( …
cūḷanikā →
pts
only in phrase sahassi cūḷanikā lokadhātu “the system of the 1,000 lesser worlds” (distinguished from the dvi-sahassī majjhimakā & the ti-sahassī mahāsahassi lokadhātu) AN.i.227; Cnd.235, Cnd.2#b. …
dakkhiṇā →
pts
gift, a fee, a donation; a donation given to a “holy” person with ref. to unhappy beings in the Peta existence (“Manes”), intended to induce the alleviation of their sufferings; an intercessional, exp …
dala →
pts
blade, leaf, petal (usually -˚); akkhi-d eyelid Thag-a.259; DN-a.i.194; Dhs-a.378; uppala˚ Dhs-a.311; kamala˚ (lotus-petal) Vv-a.35, Vv-a.38; muttā˚ (? DN-a.i.252; ratta-pavāḷa˚ Ja.i.75.
S …
danta →
pts
Danta1
a tooth, a tusk, fang, esp. an elephant’s tusk; ivory Vin.ii.117 (nāga-d. a pin of ivory); Kp ii. (as one of the taca-pañcaka, or 5 dermatic constituents of the body, viz. kesā, l …
dasa →
pts
Dasa1
the number ten; gen dasannaṃ (Dhp.137); instr. dasahi (Kp iii.) & dasabhi (Vin.i.38). In compounds (-˚) also as ḷasa (soḷasa 16) rasa (terasa 13; pannar˚ 15; aṭṭhār˚ 18).
I. *M …
dassati →
pts
*Dassati1
to see, to perceive.
- (pres.) base dakkh [Sk. drakṣ]: pres.
- dakkhati Cnd.428 (= passati), 1st dakkhāmi ibid. (= passāmi) second dakkhasi SN.i.11 …
dassetar →
pts
one who shows or points out, a guide, instructor, teacher AN.i.62 AN.i.132 = Iti.110.
Sk. darśayitṛ, n. agent to dasseti
dassu →
pts
enemy, foe; robber, in dassukhīla robber-plague DN.i.135, DN.i.136 (= corakhīla DN-a.i.296).
Sk. dasyu, cp. dāsa
dassāvitā →
pts
seeing, sight (-˚) Mil.140 (guṇavisesa˚).
abstr. to dassāvin
daṇḍa →
pts
ra; (on ṇ: l cp. guṇa: guḷa etc.) to *del as in Sk. dala, dalati. Cp. Lat. dolare to cut, split, work in wood; delere to destroy; Gr.δαίδαλον work of art; Mhg. zelge twig; zol a stick Possibly also …
deha →
pts
body AN.ii.18; Pv-a.10 Pv-a.122. Usually in foll. phrases: hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ SN.i.60; Pv.ii.9#56; pahāya m. d. SN.i.27, SN.i.30; jahati d MN.ii.73; ˚ṃ nikkhipati Pv.ii.6#15; (muni or khīṇāsavo a …
desetar →
pts
one who instructs or points out; a guide, instructor, teacher MN.i.221, MN.i.249; AN.i.266 AN.iii.441; AN.v.349.
n. ag. to deseti
deva →
pts
god, a divine being; usually in pl. devā the gods. As title attributed to any superhuman being or beings regarded to be in certain respects above the human level. Thus primarily (see 1a) …
dhamma →
pts
Dhamma1
masculine & rarely neuter constitution etc.
A. Definitions by Commentators
Bdhgh gives a fourfold meaning of the word dhamma (at DN-a.i.99; Dhp-a.i.22), viz. 1 guṇe ( …
dhammatā →
pts
conformity to the Dhammaniyāma (see niyāma), fitness, propriety; a general rule higher law, cosmic law, general practice, regular phenomenon usual habit; often used in the sense of …
dhañña →
pts
Dhañña1
neuter grain, corn. The usual enumn comprises 7 sorts of grain, which is however not strictly confined to grain-fruit proper (“corn”) but includes, like other enum …
dhaṃsin →
pts
adjective noun obtrusive, bold, offensive MN.i.236; AN.ii.182; Dhp.244 (= Dhp-a.iii.353 paresaṃ guṇaṃ dhaṃsanatāya dh.).
Sk. dharṣin to dhṛṣṇoti, see dhaṃseti
dhi →
pts
Dhi1 & Dhī
indeclinable an excln of reproach & disgust: fie! shame! woe! (with acc. or gen.) SN.v.217 (read dhī taṃ for dhītaṃ); Dhp.389 (dhī = garahāmi Dhp-a.iv.148); Ja.i.507 …
dhutta →
pts
of abandoned life, wild, fast, cunning, crafty, fraudulent; wicked, bad. (m.) a rogue, cheat, evil-minded person, scoundrel, rascal. There are three sorts of a wild life, viz. akkha˚ in gambling, * …
dhuva →
pts
adjective stable, constant, permanent; fixed, regular certain, sure DN.i.18; SN.i.142; SN.iv.370; AN.ii.33; Ja.i.19 Ja.v.121 (˚sassataṃ maraṇaṃ); Ja.iii.325; Bv.ii.82; Mil.114 (na tā nadiyo dh-salilā …
dhārā →
pts
Dhārā1
feminine torrent, stream, flow, shower DN.i.74 (sammā˚ an even or seasonable shower; DN-a.i.218 = vuṭṭhi); DN.ii.15 (udakassa, streams) Ja.i.31; Pts.i.125 (udaka˚); Pv.ii.9#70 (sam …
dibba →
pts
adjective of the next world, divine, heavenly, celestial, superb magnificent, fit for exalted beings higher than man (devas, heroes, manes etc.), superhuman, opp. mānusaka human. Freq. qualifying the …
digucchā →
pts
disgust Dhs-a.210 (asuci˚).
= jigucchā; Sk. jugupsā
dirasaññu →
pts
adjective one who has little common-sense Ja.vi.206, Ja.vi.207 Ja.vi.213, Ja.vi.214. Com. explains wrongly on p. Ja.vi.209 with “one who possesses two tongues” (of Agni), but has equivalent nippañña …
diṭṭhi →
pts
view, belief, dogma, theory, speculation, esp. false theory, groundless or unfounded opinion
- The latter is rejected by the Buddha as pāpa˚; (AN.iv.172) and pāpikā d. (opp bhaddikā: AN.v.212 sq …
diṭṭhika →
pts
adjective (-˚) seeing, one who regards; one who has a view MN.iii.24 (āgamana˚ one who views the arrival i.e. of guests); SN.ii.168 sq. (sammā˚ & micchā˚ hoḷding right & wrong theories); DN.iii.96 (v …
donī →
pts
Donī1
feminine
- a (wooden) trough, a vat, tub SN.ii.259; AN.i.253; AN.v.323; Ja.i.450; Mil.56-tela˚ an oil vat AN.iii.58 (āyasā made of iron & used as a sarcophagus).
- a trough-shap …
dukkha →
pts
…antagū ‘si pāragū d˚assa Snp.539
■ sang’ ātiko maccujaho nirūpadhi pahāya d˚ṃ apunabbhavāya SN.iv.158;…
dussanā →
pts
Dussana (nt.) defilement, guilt AN.ii.225; Pp.18, Pp.22; Dhs.418, Dhs.1060; DN-a.i.195 (rajjana-d. muyhana).
Sk. dūṣana, cp. dussati
dutiya →
pts
ordinal number
- (num.) the second, the following Ja.ii.102, Ja.ii.110 dutiyaṃ for the second time (cp. tatiyaṃ in series 1, 2 3) Vin.ii.188; DN.ii.155
- (adj. n.) one who follows or is associated …
duṭṭha →
pts
adjective noun spoilt, corrupt; bad, malignant, wicked Vin.iii.118; SN.ii.259 SN.ii.262; SN.iv.339; AN.i.124 (˚âruka), AN.i.127 (id.), AN.i.157 sq.; Iti.68 (saro d., perhaps should be read as diddho); …
dvi →
pts
number two.
A. Meanings
I. Two as unit
- with objective foundation:
- denoting a combination (pair, couple) or a repetition (twice). In this conn. frequent both objective …
dvāra →
pts
- lit. an outer door, a gate, entrance Vin.i.15; SN.i.58 SN.i.138, SN.i.211; Ja.i.346; Ja.ii.63; Ja.vi.330; Vb.71 sq.; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.67 (village gate), Pv-a.79; Sdhp.54, Sdhp.356
■ That d. can …
dāna →
pts
- giving, dealing out, gift; almsgiving liberality, munificence; especially a charitable gift to a bhikkhu or to the community of bhikkhus, the Sangha (cp. deyyadhamma & yañña). As such it constitute …
dīgha →
pts
adjective noun
- (adj.) long DN.i.17; MN.i.429; SN.i.104 (˚ṃ addhānaṃ); Snp.146, Snp.633 (opp. rassa); Dhp.60 Dhp.409; Pv.i.10#11 (˚ṃ antaraṃ all the time); Pv.ii.9#55 (id.) Thag.646 (˚m-antare); D …
ehi →
pts
come, come here Snp.165; Ja.ii.159; Ja.vi.367); Dhp-a.i.49. In the later language part. of exhortation = Gr. α ̓́γε, Lat. age, “come on” Dhp-a.ii.91; Pv-a.201 (+ tāva = α ̓́γεδή). *[ehipassika](/d …
eka →
pts
adjective noun masculine one. Eka follows the pron. declension i.e. nom. pl. is eke (e.g. Snp.43, Snp.294, Snp.780 etc.)
- “one” as number, either with or without contrast to two or more; often al …
ekaccika →
pts
adjective single, not doubled (of cloth, opp. to diguṇa) Ja.v.216 (˚vasana = eka-paṭṭa-nivattha).
fr. ekacca
ekodi →
pts
adjective concentrated attentive, fixed AN.iii.354; Mnd.478. Usually in compn. with kṛ & bhū (which points however to a form ekoda with the regular change of a to i in connection with the …
eraka →
pts
Eraka1
adjective driving away, moving Ja.iv.20 (˚vāta); -vattika a certain kind of torture MN.i.87 = AN.i.47 = AN.ii.122 = Cnd.604 = Mil.197.
fr. ereti
Eraka2
neuter Typha …
etad →
pts
adj. demonstr. pron. “this”, with on the whole the same meaning and function as tad only more definite and emphatic. Declined like tad.
Cases
■ nt. sg. etad (poetical- …
ga →
pts
˚Ga
adj., only as ending: going. See e.g. atiga, anuga, antalikkha˚, ura˚, pāra˚, majjha˚, samīpa˚ hattha˚. It also appears as ˚gu, e.g. in addha˚, anta˚ paṭṭha˚, pāra˚, veda˚
■ dugga (m. & nt.) …
gabbha →
pts
- interior, cavity (loc. gabbhe in the midst of: angāra˚ Ja.iii.55); an inner room, private chamber, bedroom, cell. Of a Vihāra Vin.ii.303; Vin.iii.119; Vin.iv.45; Vv-a.188; Vv-a.220
■ Ja.i.90 …
gaccha →
pts
shrub, a bush, usually together with latā, creeper; rukkha, tree, e.g. Cnd.235, id; Ja.i.73; Mil.268; Vism.182 (described on p. Vism.183). With dāya, w …
gacchati →
pts
…agū (= Sk. ˚uḥ), in ajjhagū, anvagū (q.v.)
Meanings and Use
- to go, to be in motion, to move, to go on (opp. to stand still,…
gaggara →
pts
- roaring, only in f. gaggarī a blacksmith’s bellows: kammāra˚, in simile MN.i.243 SN.i.106; Vism.287.
- (nt.) cackling, cawing, in haṃsa˚; the sound of geese Ja.v.96 (expl. b …
gaggarāyati →
pts
to whirl, roar, bellow, of the waves of the Gangā Mil.3
■ cp. gaḷagaḷāyati.
v. den. fr. prec.; cp. gurgulio: gurges, E. gargle & gurgle
gahapati →
pts
the possessor of a house, the head of the household pater familias (freq. + seṭṭhi).
- In formulas
- as regards social standing, wealth & clanship: a man of private (i.e. not official) life, cl …
gala →
pts
the throat Ja.i.216, Ja.i.264 Ja.iii.26; Ja.iv.494; Ja.i.194 (a dewlap); Pv-a.11, Pv-a.104.
- -agga the top of the throat Sdhp.379;
- -ajjhoharaniya able to be swallowed (of s …
gambhīra →
pts
…saddhamma g. Sdhp.530; g. gūḷha nipuṇa Nd.342; lokanātho nipuṇo g. Pv-a.1; also w. nipuṇa Ja.vi.355; Mil.234; Bdhd. 118, 137
2….
gandha →
pts
smell, viz.
- odour, smell, scent in gen Ja.iii.189; Dhp.54–Dhp.56 = Mil.333; Dhs.605 under ghānâyatanāni); āma˚ smell of raw flesh AN.i.280; DN.ii.242; Snp.241 sq; maccha˚ the scent of fish Ja.iii. …
gandhin →
pts
…of sandal wood Ja.iii.190; gūtha of˚ faeces Pv.ii.3#15 (= karīsavāyinī Pv-a). 2. dealing with scents a perfumer Pv-a.127 (= māgadha; cp….
garahaka →
pts
adjective finding fault with, rebuking; in paṭhavī˚ āpa˚, etc., combined w. paṭhavī-jigucchaka, etc. (disgusted w. the great elements) MN.i.327.
garahati →
pts
to reproach, to blame, scold, censure, find fault with: agarahiyam mā garahittha “do not blame the blameless” SN.i.240; DN.i.161 (tapaṃ to reject, disapprove of); DN.iii.92, DN.iii.93 (aor. garahi, gr …
garu →
pts
- adj.
- lit. heavy, opp. lahu light, applied to bhāra, a load SN.iii.26; Ja.i.196 (= bhārika); Ja.vi.420; Dhp-a.i.48; Sdhp.494 (rūpagarubhāra the heavy load of “form”). Compa …
garuka →
pts
somewhat heavy.
- lit. Ja.i.134 (of the womb in pregnancy); Dhp.310; Mil.102. Usually coupled & contrasted with; lahuka, light: in def. of sense of touch Dhs.648; similarly w. si …
gathita →
pts
adjective tied, bound, fettered; enslaved, bound to greedy for, intoxicated with (c. loc.). When abs. always in combination w. paribhuñjati and w. ref. to some object of desire (bhoga, lābha, kāmaguṇe …
gati →
pts
- going, going away, (opp. āgati coming) (both gati & āgati usually in pregnant sense of No. (2) See āgati); direction, course, career. Freq of the two careers of a Mahāpurisa (viz. either a Cakkavat …
gavesaka →
pts
˚Gavesaka
adjective from next looking for, seeking Ja.i.176 (kāraṇa˚); Ja.ii.3 (aguṇa˚).
gaṇḍa →
pts
…(cp. Bdhgh. gaṇḍuppādagūtha-mattikā clay mixed with excrement of earthworms Vin. Texts iii.172).
- -uppāda (lit….
gedha →
pts
Gedha1
greed. Its connection with craving and worldly attachment is often referred to. Kāmesu g˚ SN.i.73; Snp.152; AN.iii.312 sq. (gedho pañcann’ etaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ). gedhataṇhā …
ghamma →
pts
heat; hot season, summer. Either in loc. ghamme Ja.iv.172 (= gimha-kāle); Pv.iv.5#3 ghammani (“in summer” or “by the heat”) SN.i.143; Ja.iii.360 (sampareta overcome by heat); Snp.353; Ja.iv.239; Ja.v …
ghana →
pts
Ghana1
- (adj.) solid, compact, massive; dense, thick; in eka˚ of one solid mass (of sela, rock) Vin.i.185 = Dhp.81 = Thag.643; Mil.386; AN.iii.378, cp. ghanasela-pabbata Dhp-a.i.74-gh. …
ghosaka →
pts
adjective sounding, proclaiming, shouting out (-˚), in dhamma˚ praising the Law Ja.ii.286; Satthu guṇa sounding the praise of the Master Dhp-a.iii.114. As n Name of a deva (Gh. devaputta) Dhp-a.i.173.
gihin →
pts
adjective noun a householder, one who leads a domestic life, a layman (opp. pabbajita & paribbājaka). Geu. sg. gihissa (DN.iii.147, DN.iii.167) & gihino (DN.iii.174); n. pl. gihī; in compounds *gihī …
gilati →
pts
to swallow to devour: mā Rāhu gilī caraṃ antalikkhe SN.i.51 = Vv-a.116; mā gilī lohagulaṃ Dhp.371
■ Ja.iii.338; Mil.106
pp gilita: gilitabaḷisa having swallowed the hook SN.iv …
gini →
pts
(poet.) fire AN.iii.347 (mahāgini); Snp.18 Snp.19 (āhito → nibbuto: made → extinguished); Ja.iv.26. Note. The occurrence of two phonetic representatives of one Vedic form (one by diaeresis & one by …
giri →
pts
mountain; as a rule only in cpds, by itself (poetical) only at Vism.206 (in enumn of the 7 large mountains).
- -agga mountain top, in giraggasamajja Name of a festival c …
girā →
pts
…giraṃ) Ja.ii.134.
Vedic gir & gēr, song; gṛṇāti to praise, announce gūrti praise = Lat. grates “grace”; to *ger or…
go →
pts
, f.) a cow, an ox, bull, pl. cattle. For f. cp gāvī; see also *gava*˚ for cpds
■ Sg. nom. go (Snp.580 also in composition, cp. aja-go-mahisādi Pv-a.80 = pasū) gen. gavassa (MN.i. …
godhā →
pts
Godhā1
feminine iguana, a large kind of lizard Vin.i.215–Vin.i.16 (˚mukha); DN.i.9≈(˚lakkhaṇa, cp. DN-a.i.94); Ja.ii.118; Ja.iii.52; Ja.iii.538; Dhp-a.iii.420. As godha (m.) at Ja.v.489. …
golomika →
pts
adjective like a cluster; in phrase massuṃ golomikaṃ kārāpeti “to have the beard trimmed into a ball-or cluster-shape Vin.ii.134. Bdhgh’s expln “like a goat’s beard” (cp Vin. Texts ii …
gopaka →
pts
guardian, watchman DN-a.i.148; cp. khetta˚.
gopanā →
pts
protecting, protection, care, watchfulness (cp. gutti) Pp.24 (+ gutti) Dhs.1347; Mil.8, Mil.243.
gopeti →
pts
to watch, guard, pot. gopetha Dhp.315
pp gopita (q.v.).
Sk. gopayati, gup; cp. gutta, gottā
gopita →
pts
adjective protected, guarded, watched (lit. & fig.) Ja.vi.367; Mil.345; Snp-a.116 (˚indriya guttindriya); Sdhp.398.
pp. of gopeti
gopphaka →
pts
the ankle Vin.iv.112; AN.iv.102; Ja.v.472; Dhp-a.ii.80, Dhp-a.ii.214; Snp-a.ii.230.
Dem. of goppha = Sk. gulpha
gotrabhū →
pts
“become of the lineage”; a technical term used from the end of the Nikāya period to designate one, whether layman or bhikkhu, who, as converted, was no longer of the worldlings (puthujjanā), but of th …
gotta →
pts
ancestry, lineage. There is no word in English for gotta. It includes all those descended, or supposed to be descended, from a common ancestor. A gotta name is al …
goṇaka →
pts
Goṇaka1
a kind of ox, a wild bull Ja.vi.538 (arañña˚).
goṇa1
Goṇaka2
a woollen cover with long fleece (DN-a.i.86: dīghalomako mahākojavo; caturangulādhikāni kir …
gucch →
pts
Gucch˚
in jigucchati (Des. of gup = Sk. jugupsate) to detest, see s. v.
guggula →
pts
kind of perfume Ja.vi.537.
?
guhanā →
pts
to gūhati) hiding, concealing, keeping secret Vb.358 (+ pariguhanā). Also as gūhanā, q.v.
guhā →
pts
…(id.); Dhp.37 (cittaṃ see Dhp-a.i.304).
Vedic guhā, guh, gūhati to hide (q.v.) Dhtp.337: saṃvaraṇa
gumba →
pts
- a troop, a heap, cluster, swarm. Of soldiers Vin.i.345; of fish (maccha˚) DN.i.84 = MN.i.279 = MN.ii.22; AN.i.9.
- a thicket, a bush, jungle; the lair of an animal in a thicket (sayana˚ Ja.iv.256) …
gumbiya →
pts
adjective one of the troop (of soldiers) Vin.i.345.
fr. gumba
gumpha →
pts
see ogumpheti.
guru →
pts
adjective noun venerable, reverend, a teacher Vv-a.229, Vv-a.230 (˚dakkhiṇā a teacher’s fee); Pv-a.3 (˚janā venerable persons) Sdhp.227 (˚ûpadesa), Sdhp.417.
a younger form of garu (q.v.); Sk. guru
gutta →
pts
- as pp. guarded, protected
- lit nagaraṃ guttaṃ a well-guarded city Dhp.315 = Thag.653 Thag.1005; Devinda˚ protected by the Lord of gods Vv.30#8-
- fig. (med.) guarded, watchful, constrain …
gutti →
pts
protection, defence, guard; watchfulness
- lit. of a city AN.iv.106 sq
- fig. of the senses in indriyānaṃ gutti Dhp.375; Pp.24 (+ gopanā) Dhs.1348; Sdhp.341 (agutti); Vin.iv.305; AN.ii.72 (atta˚) …
guttika →
pts
guardian, one who keeps watch over, in nagara˚; the town-watchman, the chief-constable Pv-a.4; Mil.345.
fr. last
guyha →
pts
- adj. to be hidden, hidden in ˚bhaṇḍaka the hidden part (of the body Dhp-a.iv.197.
- (nt.) that which is hidden; lit. in vattha˚; hidden by the dress, i.e. the pudendum DN.i.106; Snp.1022, etc. …
guñjā →
pts
plant (Abrus precatorius); the redness of its berries is referred to in similes; Dhp-a.iv.133 (˚vaṇṇāni akkhīni). See also jiñjuka.
guḷa →
pts
Guḷa1
to make into a ball, to conglomerate. Cp Sk. glauḥ ball; Gr. γλουτός; Ohg. chliuwa; Ger. kugel kloss; E. clot, cleat; also *gel with same meaning Sk. gulma tumour, gilāyu glandula …
guḷika →
pts
adjective like a chain, or having a chain, (nt. & f.) a cluster, a chain in maṇi a string of jewels, a pearl necklace Ja.iii.184 (variant reading BB for ˚guḷa); Ja.iv.256; Vism.285 (+ muttā-guḷikā). …
guḷikā →
pts
little ball SN.v.462 (satta-kolaṭṭhi-mattiyo guḷikā, pl.) Thig.498 (kolaṭṭhimatta g˚ balls of the size of a jujube) cp. Thag-a.289.
to guḷa1; cp. Sk. guṭikā pill, guṇikā tumour
guḷā →
pts
swelling, pimple, pustule, blight, in cpd. guḷā-guṇṭhika-jāta DN.ii.55, which is also to be read at AN.ii.211 (in spite of Morris, prelim. remarks to AN.ii.4 whose trsln. is otherwise correct) = g …
guṇa →
pts
Guṇa1
- a string, a cord-
- of a robe, etc., in (kāya-bandhanaṃ) saguṇaṃ katvā to make tight by tying with a knot Vin.i.46 (Vin. Texts: “laying the garments on top of each other,” …
guṇaka →
pts
adjective having a knot at the end, thickened at the top (with ref. to kāyabandha, see guṇa 1a) Vin.ii.136, cp. Vin. Texts ii.143.
to guḷa1, cp. guḷika?
guṇavant →
pts
adjective possessed of good qualities, virtuous Pv.ii.9#71 (= jhān’ ādiguṇa-yutta); Pv-a.62 (mahā˚).
to guṇa1
guṇi →
pts
kind of armour Ja.vi.449 (g. vuccate kavacaṃ C.); see Kern,
Toevoegselen
p. 132.
of adj. guṇin, having guṇas or guḷas, i.e. strings or knots
guṇḍika →
pts
see guṇṭhika.
guṇṭheti →
pts
to cover to veil, to hide; pp. guṇṭhita in paṃsu˚ covered with dust Pv.ii.3#5 (in Hardy’s conjecture for kuṇṭhita, q.v.) Also in cpd. paliguṇṭhita obstr …
guṇṭhika →
pts
(in meaning = guṇṭhita) one who is covered with or wrapped up in, only in ahi˚; a snake-trainer (like a Laocoon). See details under ahi or Ja.ii.267; Ja.iii.348 (text ˚guṇḍika); Ja.iv.308 (ahi-kuṇ …
guṇṭhima →
pts
covered over (?), see *pāli*˚.
gāma →
pts
collection of houses, a hamlet (cp. Ger. gemeinde), a habitable place (opp. arañña: gāme vā yadi vâraññe Snp.119), a parish or village having boundaries & distinct from the surrounding country (gāmo c …
gāvuta →
pts
linear measure, a quarter of a yojana = 80 usabhas, a little less than two miles, a league Ja.i.57, Ja.i.59; Ja.ii.209 Vism.118; Dhp-a.i.396.
cp. Vedic gavyūti pasture land, district
gīvā →
pts
the neck Snp.609; Ja.i.74 (˚ṃ pasāreti to stretch forth), Ja.i.167 (pasārita˚), Ja.i.207, Ja.i.222, Ja.i.265; Ja.iii.52; Vv-a.27 (mayūra˚), Vv-a.157; DN-a.i.296 (˚āya kuṇḍa-daṇḍaka-bandhana, as e …
gūhana →
pts
hiding, concealment Sdhp.65 (laddhi˚-citta).
gūhanā →
pts
Err:501
gūhati →
pts
…pari˚
caus gūhayati Sdhp.189 (gūhayaṃ ppr.). Cp. gūḷha.
Sk. gūhati, pp. gūḍha; see guyha, guhā, etc.
gūtha →
pts
…Pp.29 (Kern,
Toevoegselen
s. v. corrects into kūṭa˚?).
Sk. gūtha; probably to Lat. bubino, see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.
gūthaka →
pts
“a sort of gūtha,” excretion, secretion, rheum, in akkhi˚; and kaṇṇa˚; (of eye & ear) Snp.197 (cp. Snp-a.248; Vism.345 sq.). Gulha &…
gūḷha →
pts
Gūḷha & gūḷhaka
adjective hidden, secret Vin.ii.98 (gūḷha-ko salākagāho).
pp. of gūhati
gūḷhaka →
pts
Gūḷha & gūḷhaka
adjective hidden, secret Vin.ii.98 (gūḷha-ko salākagāho).
pp. of gūhati
hammiya →
pts
customarily given as “a long, storied mansion which has an upper chamber placed on the top,” a larger building, pāsāda, (store-house Vin.i.58, Vin.i.96, Vin.i.239; Vin.ii.146 (with vihāra, aḍḍhayoga …
hanati →
pts
…of-fendo; Ohg. gundea Ags. gūd “battle.” The Dhtp (363 & 429) gives “hiṃsā” as meaning of han
Hanati2
to…
hattha →
pts
- hand DN.i.124; AN.i.47; Snp.610; Ja.vi.40
■ forearm Vin.iv.221; of animals SN.v.148; Ja.i.149; -pāda hand and foot MN.i.523; AN.i.47; Ja.ii.117; Pv-a.241; Dhp-a.iv.7. sahassa˚; thousand …
hatthin →
pts
an elephant Vin.i.218, Vin.i.352; Vin.ii.194 sq (Nālāgiri) = Ja.v.335 (nom. sg. hatthī; gen. hatthissa) DN.i.5; AN.ii.209; Ja.i.358; Ja.ii.102; Dhp-a.i.59 (correct haṭṭhi!), Dhp-a.i.80 (acc. pl. hat …
hetu →
pts
hindagu →
pts
man, only found in the Niddesa in stock defn of jantu or nara; both spellings (with & without h) occur; see Mnd.3 = Cnd.249.
probably for indagu, ind …
hiṅgu →
pts
the plant asafetida Vin.i.201; Vv-a.186.
Sk. hingu
hiṅgulaka →
pts
vermilion; as jāti˚; Ja.v.67. Ja.v.416; Vv-a.168. Also as -ikā (f.) Vv-a.324.
cp. Sk. hingula, nt.
hiṅguli →
pts
vermilion Mhvs.27, Mhvs.18.
Sk. hinguli
hāṭaka →
pts
gold AN.i.215; AN.iv.255, AN.iv.258, AN.iv.262 (where T reads haṭaka, with sātaka as variant reading at all passages); Thig.382; Ja.v.90.
cp. Sk. hāṭaka, connected with hari; cp. …
iddhi →
pts
There is no single word in English for Iddhi, as the idea is unknown in Europe. The main sense seems to be ʻpotency’.
- Pre-Buddhistic; the Iddhi of a layman The four Iddhis of a king are personal …
ikka →
pts
bear Ja.vi.538 [= accha C.).
Sk. ṛkṣa, of which the regular representation is P. accha2
indagū →
pts
see hindagū.
indriya →
pts
A. On term
Indriya is one of the most comprehensive & important categories of Buddhist psychological philosophy & ethics meaning “controlling principle, directive force, élan, δύναμις” in t …
isi →
pts
- a holy man, one gifted with special powers of insight & inspiration, an anchoret, a Seer, Sage, Saint, “Master” DN.i.96 (kaṇho isi ahosi); SN.i.33, SN.i.35, SN.i.65, SN.i.128, SN.i.191, SN.i.192 SN …
iti →
pts
Iti (ti)
indeclinable emphatic deictic particle “thus”. Occurs in both forms iti & ti, the former in higher style (poetry), the latter more familiar in conversational prose. The function of “iti” is …
ittha →
pts
indeclinable here, in this world (or “thus, in such a way”) only in cpd. -bhāv’ aññathā-bhāva such an (i.e. earthly existence and one of another kind, or existence here (in this life) and in anoth …
itthakā →
pts
Iṭṭhakā (Itthakā)
feminine
- a burnt brick a tile Vin.ii.121 (˚pākara a brick wall, distinguished fr silāpakāra & dāru˚); Ja.iii.435, Ja.iii.446 (pākār iṭṭhikā read ˚aṭṭhakā); Ja.v.213 (rattiṭṭhikā …
itthi →
pts
Itthi & Itthī
feminine woman female; also (usually as-˚) wife. Opp. purisa man (see e.g. for contrast of itthi and purisa Ja.v.72, Ja.v.398; Ne.93; Dhp-a.i.390; Pv-a.153)
■ SN.i.33 (nibbānass’ e …
itthī →
pts
Itthi & Itthī
feminine woman female; also (usually as-˚) wife. Opp. purisa man (see e.g. for contrast of itthi and purisa Ja.v.72, Ja.v.398; Ne.93; Dhp-a.i.390; Pv-a.153)
■ SN.i.33 (nibbānass’ e …
iṭṭhakā →
pts
Iṭṭhakā (Itthakā)
feminine
- a burnt brick a tile Vin.ii.121 (˚pākara a brick wall, distinguished fr silāpakāra & dāru˚); Ja.iii.435, Ja.iii.446 (pākār iṭṭhikā read ˚aṭṭhakā); Ja.v.213 (rattiṭṭhikā …
jalati →
pts
to burn, to shine DN.iii.188; MN.i.487; Ja.i.62 Ja.ii.380; Ja.iv.69; Iti.86; Vv.46#2; Vv-a.107; Mil.223, Mil.343
caus jaleti & jāleti (cp. janeti: jāneti) to set on fire light, kindle SN.i.169; J …
jeguccha →
pts
adjective & jegucchiya (Ja.ii.437) contemptible, loathsome, detestable Ja.iv.305; Vism.250; Thag.1056; Pv-a.78, Pv-a.192 (asuci +). Cp pari˚
■ a˚ not despised Snp.852; Thag.961.
sec. der. fr. jigucchā
jegucchin →
pts
adjective one who detests or avoids (usually -˚) MN.i.77; (parama˚), MN.i.78; AN.iv.174, AN.iv.182 sq., AN.iv.188 sq., Mil.352 (pāpa˚).
jegucchitā →
pts
avoidance, detestation, disgust Vin.i.234; MN.i.30; AN.iv.182 sq.
see jigucchita
jhāna →
pts
Jhāna1
neuter literally meditation. But it never means vaguely meditation It is the technical term for a special religious experience reached in a certain order of mental states. It was or …
jigucchaka →
pts
adjective one who dislikes or disapproves of MN.i.327 (paṭhavī˚, āpa˚ etc.) Mil.343.
jigucchana →
pts
dislike, contempt, disgust Vism.159; Pv-a.120.
jigucchati →
pts
to shun, avoid, loathe, detest, to be disgusted with or horrified at (c. instr.) DN.i.213 (iddhi-pāṭihāriyena aṭṭiyāmi harāyāmi j.): AN.iv.174 (kāyaduccaritena); Snp.215 (kammehi pāpakehi; Snp-a.266 …
jigucchā →
pts
disgust for, detestation, avoidance, shunning: tapo˚ (detesting asceticism) DN.i.174; SN.i.67; AN.ii.200 jigucchabībhaccha-dassana detestable & fearful-looking Pv-a.56.; Note. A diff. spelling, d …
jita →
pts
conquered, subdued, mastered: (nt.) victory. jitā me pāpakā dhammā Vin.i.8; Dhp.40, Dhp.104 (attā jitaṃ seyyo for attā jito seyyo see Dhp-a.ii.228), Vism.105, Vism.179; Vv.64#27 (jitindriya one whose …
jivhā →
pts
the tongue.
- physically: Vin.i.34; AN.iv.131; Snp.673, Snp.716; Dhp.65 Dhp.360; Ja.ii.306; Pv-a.99 (of Petas: visukkha-kanthaṭṭha j.), Pv-a.152
■ Of the tongue of the mahāpurusha which coul …
jiñjuka →
pts
the Gunja shrub (Abrus precatorius) Ja.iv.333 (akkhīni j. ˚phalasadisāni, cp. in same application guñjā); Ja.v.156 (j. ˚phalasannibha); Dhp-a.i.177 (˚gumba).
jutimant →
pts
adjective brilliant, bright; usually fig. as prominent in wisdom: “bright.” distinguished, a great light (in this sense often as variant reading to jātimant) DN.ii.256 (ī); SN.v.24; Dhp.89 (= Dhp-a.i …
jāgarati →
pts
to be awake, to be watchful, to be on the alert (cp. guttadvāra) Dhp.60 (dīghā jāgarato rattī), Dhp.226; Iti.41; Mil.300
pp jāgarita (q.v.).
Sk. jāgarti to be awake (redupl. p …
jāgariyā →
pts
keeping awake, watchfulness, vigilance, esp. in the sense of being cautious of the dangers that are likely to befall one who strives after perfection. Therefore freq. in combination “indriyesu guttadv …
jānāti →
pts
to know.
I. Forms
The 2 Vedic roots jān˚ & jñā˚; are represented in Pali by jān˚ & ñā˚ (ña˚)
-
jān:
pres jānāti
pot jāneyya (Snp.781) & jaññā (AN.iv.366 …
jāta →
pts
- As adj. n.un
- born, grown, arisen, produced (= nibbatta pātubhūta Cnd.256) Snp.576 (jātānaṃ maccānaṃ niccaṃ maraṇato bhayaṃ); jātena maccena kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ bahuṃ Dhp.53 = Mil.333; yakkhinī …
jāti →
pts
■ Instr. jātiyā (Snp.423) & jaccā (DN.ii.8; Ja.iii.395; Dhp.393); abl. jātiyā (SN.i.88) & jātito (by descent: DN.ii.8); loc. jātiyaṃ (Pv-a.10) & jātiyā (Pv-a.78).
- birth, rebirth, possibility of …
ka →
pts
Ka˚
(pron. interr.) who? m. ko f. kā (nt. kiṃ, q.v.); follows regular decl. of an atheme with some formations fr. ki˚, which base is otherwise restricted to the nt.
■ From ka˚ also nt. pl. *k …
kaliṅgu →
pts
the Laurus camphora, the Indian laurel Ja.vi.537.
cp. Sk. kalinga & kalingaka
kalyāṇa →
pts
(& kallāṇa)
- (adj.) beautiful, charming; auspicious, helpful, morally good. Syn bhaddaka Pv-a.9, Pv-a.116) and kusala (SN.ii.118; Pv-a.9 Pv-a.122); opp. pāpa (SN.i.83; MN.i.43; Pv-a.101, Pv-a …
kamboji →
pts
, nt.) the plant Cassia tora or alata Ja.iii.223 (˚gumba = elagalāgumba; vv.ll. kammoja˚ & tampo˚ [for kambo˚]).
meaning & etym. unexpld
kamma →
pts
the doing, deed, work orig. meaning (see karoti) either building (cp. Lit kùrti, Opr. kūra to build) or weaving, plaiting (still in mālākamma and latā˚ “the intertwining of garland …
kammāra →
pts
smith, a worker in metals generally DN.ii.126, AN.v.263; a silversmith Snp.962; Dhp.239; Ja.i.223; a goldsmith Ja.iii.281; Ja.v.282. The smiths in old India do not seem to be divided into black-, gol …
kandara →
pts
- a cave, grotto, generally, on the slope or at the foot of a mountain Vin.ii.76, Vin.ii.146 used as a dwelling-place Thag.602; Ja.i.205; Ja.iii.172.
- a glen, defile, gully DN.i.71 = AN.ii.210 = P …
kandati →
pts
to cry, wail, weep, lament, bewail Dhp.371; Vv.83#12 Ja.vi.166; Mil.11, Mil.148; freq. of Petas: Pv-a.43, Pv-a.160 Pv-a.262 (cp. rodati)
■ In kāmaguṇā pass. urattāḷiṃ k MN.i.86 = Cnd. s.v.; AN.ii …
kanha →
pts
adjective dark, black, as attr. of darkness, opposed to light, syn. with kāḷa (q.v. for etym.); opp. sukka. In general it is hard to separate the lit. and fig. meanings, an ethical implication is to b …
kaniya →
pts
adjective younger, less, inferior Kacc.122 (only as a grammarian’s construction not in the living language where it had coalesced with *kanyā = kaññā).
compar. of kan˚, Sk. kanīyaṃs
kanta →
pts
Kanta1
- (adj.) in special sense an attribute of worldly pleasure (cp. kāma kāmaguṇā): pleasant, lovely, enjoyable; freq. in form iṭṭhā kantā manāpā, referring to the pleasures of the sens …
kantika →
pts
Kantika1
adjective spinning Pv-a.75 (sutta˚ itthiyo).
to kantati1
Kantika2
= kanta1 in a˚ unpleasant, disgusting Pv.iii.4#1 (= Pv-a.193).
kantāriya →
pts
adjective (one) living in or belonging to the desert, the guardian of a wilderness, applied to a Yakkha Vv.84#21 (= Vv-a.341).
from kantāra
kappaka →
pts
barber, hairdresser, also attendant to the king; his other function (of preparing baths) is expressed in the term nahāpaka (Pv.ii.9#37) or nahāpita (˚ā?) (DN-a.i.157) Vin. DN-a.i.344; DN-a.ii.182; …
kappiya →
pts
adjective
- (cp. kappa ii.1a) according to rule, right, suitable, fitting, proper, appropriate (Pv-a.26 = anucchavika paṭirūpa) Ja.i.392; DN-a.i.9; Pv-a.25 Pv-a.141
■ a˚; not r …
karaka →
pts
Karaka1
- Water-pot, drinking-vessel (= pānīya-bhājana Pv-a.251). It is one of the seven requisites of a samaṇa Vin.ii.302. It is called dhammakaraka there and at Vin.ii.118, Vin.ii. …
kari-paribandha →
pts
Kari-paribandha
adjective bound up in filth, full of filth, disgusting; epithet of the body Thag.1152 Kari here is abbrev. of karīsa2 (see note ad loc.).
= karīsa-paribaddha
karoṭi →
pts
Karoṭi1
feminine
- a basin, cup, bowl, dish Ja.i.243; Ja.ii.363; Ja.iii.225; Ja.iv.67; Ja.v.289, Ja.v.290.
- the skull (cp. kaḷopi On the form cp. Dial. i.227 n.) Ja.vi.592.
Karoṭi<s …
karuṇā →
pts
- (f.) pity compassion. Karuṇā is one of the 4 qualities of character significant of a human being who has attained enfranchisement of heart (ceto-vimutti) in the 4 sentiments viz. mettā k.˚ upekhā …
karīsa →
pts
…a cesspool Ja.iii.263 (= gūthakūpa);
- -vāyin, f. ˚inī diffusing an odour of excrement Pv-a.87.
cp. Sk. karīṣa,…
kasaṭa →
pts
- (adj.) bad, nasty; bitter, acrid; insipid, disgusting AN.i.72; Ja.ii.96; Ja.ii.159.
- (m.)
- fault, vice, defect MN.i.281; Pts.ii.87
- leavings, dregs Vv-a.288 (variant reading sakaṭa) …
kassaka →
pts
husbandman, cultivator, peasant, farmer, ploughman DN.i.61 (k˚ gahapatiko kārakārako rāsi-vaḍḍhako); AN.i.241; AN.i.229, AN.i.239 (the three duties of a farmer); SN.i.172 = Snp.76; SN.iii.155 (varian …
kasāva →
pts
Kasāya & Kasāva
- a kind of paste or gum used in colouring walls Vin.ii.151.
- an astringent decoction extracted from plants Vin.i.201, Vin.i.277; Ja.v.198.
- (of taste), astringent DhS.629; Mil.65 …
kasāya →
pts
Kasāya & Kasāva
- a kind of paste or gum used in colouring walls Vin.ii.151.
- an astringent decoction extracted from plants Vin.i.201, Vin.i.277; Ja.v.198.
- (of taste), astringent DhS.629; Mil.65 …
kata →
pts
(& sometimes; kaṭa) done, worked, made. Extremely rare as v. trs. in the common meaning of E. make, Ger. machen, or Fr. faire (see the cognate kapp and jan, also uppajjati & viss …
kataññu →
pts
adjective lit. knowing, i.e. acknowledging what has been done (to one), i.e. grateful often in combination with katavedin grateful and mindful of benefits SN.ii.272; AN.i.87 = P …
kathana →
pts
- conversing, talking Ja.i.299; Ja.iii.459; Ja.vi.340.
- telling i.e. answering solving (a question) Ja.v.66 (pañha˚).
- preaching Dhp-a.i.7.
- reciting, narrating Kacc.130. Cp. kathita- *akatha …
kathā →
pts
- talk talking, conversation AN.i.130; Pv-a.39. So in antarā˚ DN.i.179; Snp.p.107, Snp.p.115; cp. sallāpa. Also in tiracchāna˚; low, common speech, comprising 28 kinds of conversational talk a b …
kañcana →
pts
gold AN.iii.346 Thag.691 (muttaṃ selā va k.); Thig.266 (k˚ ssa phalakaṃ va); Vv-a.4, Vv-a.9 (= jātarūpa). Esp. freq. in compounds = of or like gold.
- -agghika a golden garlan …
kañjika →
pts
sour rice-gruel Ja.i.238 (udaka˚); Vv.33#37 (amba˚), Vv.43#5 (= yāgu Vv-a.186) Dhp-a.i.78, Dhp-a.i.288; Vv-a.99 (ācāma-k˚-loṇudaka as expln of loṇa-sovīraka “salty fluid, i.e. the s …
kaḷāra →
pts
adjective always referring to teeth: with long, protruding teeth, of Petas (cp. attr. of the dog of the “Underworld” Pv-a.152: tikhiṇâyatakaṭhina-dāṭho and the figure of the witch in fairy-tales) J …
kaḷīra →
pts
the top sprout of a plant or tree, esp. of the bamboo and cert. palm trees (e.g. coco-nut tree) which is edible Snp.38 (vaṃsa˚ = veḷugumba Cnd.556 and p. 58) Thag.72; Ja.i.74, cp. Ja.iii.179; Ja.vi.2 …
kaṃsa →
pts
- bronze Mil.2 magnified by late commentators occasionally into silver or gold. Thus Ja.vi.504 (silver) and Ja.i.338; Ja.iv.107 Ja.vi.509 (gold), considered more suitable to a fairy king
- a bronze …
kaṅgu →
pts
the panic seed, Panicum Italicum; millet used as food by the poor (cp. piyangu); mentioned as one of the seven kinds of grains (see dhañña) at Vin.iv.264; DN-a.i.78
■ Mil.267; …
kaṇṇa →
pts
…Vin.iv.281 (of robes).
- -gūthaka the cerumen, wax, of the ear, Vin.ii.134; Snp.197; Ja.i.146.
- -cālana shaking the…
kaṇṭaka →
pts
- a thorn Snp.845; Vin.i.188; Ja.v.102 Ja.vi.105 (in description of the Vetaraṇī); cp. kusa˚
- any instrument with a sharp point Sdhp.201.
- a bone, fish-bone Ja.i.222; in piṭṭhi˚; a bone of the …
kaṇṭha →
pts
- throat AN.iv.131; Ja.v.448; Mil.152 (kaṇṭho ākurati, is hoarse); Pv-a.280 (akkharāni mahatā kaṇṭhena uccaritāni). The throat of Petas is narrow and parched with thirst: Pv-a.99 (k-oṭṭha-tālūnaṃ …
kaṭuka →
pts
adjective sharp, bitter, acid, severe
- severe, sharp (fig.), of dukkha, vedanā, kāmā, etc MN.i.10 = AN.ii.143; Ja.vi.115; Thig.451 (= Thag-a.281) SN-a.56
■ painful, terrible, frightful (-ap …
kaṭula →
pts
adjective containing pungent substances (generally three: tekaṭula) Vin.i.210 (yāgu), cp. tikaṭuka
Sk. kaṭura
kaṭāha →
pts
…MN.i.453 = AN.iv.138 gūtha˚; Vin.iv.265; tumba˚; (a gourd used as receptacle for food) vin.ii.114; alābu˚; Dhs-a.405
■…
kaṭṭha →
pts
Kaṭṭha1
ploughed, tilled Snp.80; Mil.255; Pv-a.45, Pv-a.62. a˚ untilled, unprepared Anvs.27. su˚ well-ploughed AN.i.229; Mil.255.
Sk. kṛṣṭa, pp. of kasati, cp. kiṭṭha
Kaṭṭha2</su …
kevalin →
pts
adjective one who is fully accomplished, an Arahant; often with mahesi and uttamapurisa Defn sabbaguṇa-paripuṇṇa sabba-yoga-visaṃyutta Snp-a.153
■ ye suvimuttā t …
khajjaka →
pts
adjective eatable, i.e. solid food (as ˚bhojjanāni opposed to yāgu Pv-a.23); (nt.) Ja.i.186 (of 18 kinds, opp. yāgu); Ja.i.235 (id.); Mil.294 -˚bhājaka prec.
fr. last
khaluṅka →
pts
only applied to a horse shaking, a shaker, racer (esp. as java AN.i.287), fig. of purisa at Anguttara passages. Described as bold and hard to manage AN.iv.190 sq.; as a horse which cannot be trusted a …
khanti →
pts
Khanti & Khantī
f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with *[mettā](/define/mettā …
khantī →
pts
Khanti & Khantī
f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with *[mettā](/define/mettā …
khatta →
pts
rule, power, possession; only in compounds:
khattiya →
pts
nom. also khattiyāse Ja.iii.441. A shortened form is khatya Ja.vi.397
■ f. khattiyā AN.iii.226–AN.iii.229, khattī DN.i.193, and khattiyī. A member of one of the clans or tribes recognised as of Ary …
kheda →
pts
adjective subject to fatigue, tired Vv-a.276
■ As noun “fatigue” at Vism.71.
Sk. kheda fatigue, khedati; perhaps to Lat. caedo
khetta →
pts
- (lit.) a field, a plot of land, arable land, a site, DN.i.231; SN.i.134 (bījaṃ khette virūhati; in simile); three kinds of fields at SN.iv.315, viz. agga˚ majjhima˚, hīna˚ (in simile); AN.i.229 = A …
khura →
pts
Khura1
the hoof of an animal Vv.64#10 (of a horse = turagānaṃ khuranipāta, the clattering of a horse’s hoof Vv-a.279), cp. Sk. kṣura, a monkey’s claw Sp. Avs.i.236.
khura-kāse MN.i.44 …
khādaka →
pts
…(of Yakkhas) Ja.i.133, Ja.i.266; camma˚ Ja.i.176; gūtha˚ (of a Peta) Pv-a.266.
kila →
pts
Kira & Kila
adverb
- emphatic: really, truly, surely. (Gr. δή)
- presumptive (with pres. or fut.) I should think one would expect.
- narrative (with aor.): now, then, you know (Gr. δδε, Lat. at, …
kilama →
pts
fatigue Ja.v.397 (= kilantabhāva).
spelt klama, fr. klam
kilamatha →
pts
tiredness, fatigue, exhaustion MN.i.168; AN.ii.199; SN.i.136; as kāya˚, citta˚ SN.v.128; as daratha˚ AN.iii.238; Pv-a.23 as niddā˚ AN.ii.48, AN.ii.50.
fr. klam, in formation cp. samatha
kilamati →
pts
- to go short of, to be in want of (instr.) Dhp-a.ii.79; na piṇḍakena kilamati does not go short of food Vin.ii.15, Vin.ii.87; Vin.iv.23 sq.
- to weary, to be wearied, tired, fatigued; to be in tro …
kilameti →
pts
to be tired or fatigued Ja.i.115; ppr. kilamayanto DN.i.52
pp kilamita.
denom. fr. kilama
kilamita →
pts
worn out, tired, fatigued Pv.ii.8#3.
pp. of kilameti
kira →
pts
Kira & Kila
adverb
- emphatic: really, truly, surely. (Gr. δή)
- presumptive (with pres. or fut.) I should think one would expect.
- narrative (with aor.): now, then, you know (Gr. δδε, Lat. at, …
kiṭṭha →
pts
growing corn, the crop on the ground, a cornfield AN.iii.393 (in simile), cp. SN.iv.195.
- -āda eating corn AN.iii.393.
- -ārakkha the guardian of the cornfield SN.iv.196.
- *-[sambādha](/defi …
kosa →
pts
Kosa1
masculine neuter any cavity or enclosure containing anything, viz.
- a store-room or storehouse, treasury or granary AN.iv.95 (rāja˚); Snp.525; Ja.iv.409 (= wealth, stores); Ja.vi …
koṭi →
pts
the end—
- of space: the extreme part, top, summit, point (cp. anta to which it is opposed at Ja.vi.371): dhanu-koṭiṃ nissāya “through the (curved) end of my bow,” i.e. by means …
koṭṭha →
pts
Koṭṭha1
masculine neuter anything hollow and closed in (Cp. gabbha for both meanings) as
- the stomach or abdomen Mil.265, Vism.357; Sdhp.257.
- a closet, a monk’s cell, a storeroom MN. …
kula →
pts
(nt.; but poetic pl. kulā Pv.ii.9#43)
- clan a high social grade, “good family,” cp. Gr. (doric) φυά, Goth. kuni. A collection of cognates and agnates, in sense of Ohg. sippa, clan; “house” in sense …
kuṇḍaka →
pts
the red powder of rice husks (cp. kukkusa) Vin.ii.151; Vin.ii.280; Ja.ii.289 (text has kuṇḍadaka) = Dhp-a.iii.325 (ibid. as ācāma˚). Also used as toilet powder Dhp-a.ii.261 (kuṇḍakena sarīraṃ makkhe …
kuṇḍika →
pts
bending, in ahi-kuṇḍika (?) a snake charmer (lit. bender) Ja.iv.308 (variant reading S. guṇṭhika) see ahi and catu-kuṇḍika bent as regards his four limbs, i.e. walking on all fours …
kuṇṭhita →
pts
Pv.ii.3#8 and kuṇḍita SN.i.197, both in phrase paṃsu˚, according to Hardy, Pv-a p.302 to be corrected to guṇṭhita covered with dust (see guṇṭheti) The va …
kāka →
pts
the crow; freq. in similes: SN.i.124; Snp.448; Ja.i.164. Its thievish ways are described at Dhp-a.iii.352; said to have ten bad qualities AN.v.149; Ja.i.342; Ja.iii.126; kākā vā kulalā vā Vin.iv.40 …
kāla →
pts
Kāla & Kāḷa
Preliminary
- dark (syn. kaṇha, which cp. for meaning and applications), black, blueblack, misty, cloudy. Its proper sphere of application is the dark as opposed to light, and i …
kāma →
pts
to desire.
- Objective: pleasantness, pleasure-giving, an object of sensual enjoyment.
- Subjective: (a) enjoyment, pleasure on occasion of sense, (b) sense-desire.
Buddhist commentators exp …
kāya →
pts
…na te Mārassa paccagū SN.i.104; vācānurakkhī manasā susaṃvuto kāyena ca akusalaṃ na kayirā Dhp.281 = Ne.183.
*Kāya as one of…
kāḷa →
pts
Kāla & Kāḷa
Preliminary
- dark (syn. kaṇha, which cp. for meaning and applications), black, blueblack, misty, cloudy. Its proper sphere of application is the dark as opposed to light, and i …
kīva →
pts
Kīvant & Kīva
(interr. adj. and adv.) how great? how much? how many? and in later language how? (cp rel. yāva). As indef.: Kīvanto tattha bheravā “however great the terrors” Snp.959
■ Kīva kaṭuka h …
kīvant →
pts
Kīvant & Kīva
(interr. adj. and adv.) how great? how much? how many? and in later language how? (cp rel. yāva). As indef.: Kīvanto tattha bheravā “however great the terrors” Snp.959
■ Kīva kaṭuka h …
kūjati →
pts
to sing (of birds; cp. vikūjati) Ja.ii.439 Ja.iv.296; Dāvs v.51
pp kūjita see abhi˚, upa˚.
kuj, explained with guj at Dhtp.78 by “avyatte sadde”
kūpa →
pts
…MN.i.245; Dhs-a.306 gūtha˚; a cesspool DN.ii.324; Snp.279; Pv.ii.3#16; Pp.36 miḷha˚; a pit for evacuations Pgdp.23, Pgdp.24;…
lagati →
pts
Lagati & Laggati
to adhere to, stick (fast) to (loc.), to hang from Vin.i.202; Ja.iii.120; Dhp-a.i.131; Dhp-a.iii.298 (ppr. alaggamāna); DN-a.i.257 (for abhisajjati); aor. laggi …
laggati →
pts
Lagati & Laggati
to adhere to, stick (fast) to (loc.), to hang from Vin.i.202; Ja.iii.120; Dhp-a.i.131; Dhp-a.iii.298 (ppr. alaggamāna); DN-a.i.257 (for abhisajjati); aor. laggi …
laguḷa →
pts
club, cudgel Vin.iii.77 (enumerated with var. weapons of murder, like asi, satti, bheṇḍi pāsāṇa etc.); Mil.152, Mil.351 (kodaṇḍa-laguḷa-muggara), Mil.355 (kilesa˚); Ja.vi.394; Vism.525 (˚abhighāta). …
lakanaka →
pts
? ship’s anchor (nāvā˚ Mil.377 (variant reading lagganaka), Mil.378.
fr. lag, with k for g, as lakuṭa: laguḷa etc. Would correspond to Sk. *lagnaka, cp. Trenckner Notes 62; Geiger,
Pali Grammar
§ 39#1
lakkhaṇa →
pts
- sign, characteristic mark; esp. a sign as implying something extraordinary or pointing to the future, therefore a prognosticative mark (cp. talisman), a distinguishing mark or salient feature, prop …
lakkheti →
pts
to mark, distinguish, characterize Ne.30
pp lakkhita
■ Cp. upa˚.
Denom. fr. lakkha
lakuṭa →
pts
club, cudgel Mil.255 (in sequence daṇḍa-leḍḍu-lakuṭa-muggara), Mil.301, Mil.367, Mil.368 See also laguḷa.
see laguḷa for etym.
lalāṭa →
pts
see nalāṭa (cp. langula).
landhati →
pts
lapati →
pts
to talk prattle, mutter Snp.776; Iti.122; Pv.i.8#1; Pv.ii.6#3
■ Cp ullapati, palapati, samullapati
caus lapeti (and lāpeti, metri causâ) to talk to, to accost, beg SN.i.31 (h …
laḷati →
pts
to dally, sport, sing Ja.ii.121 (ppr. laḷamānā); Vv-a.41 (laḷantī; with kīḷati), Vv-a.57 (id.)
caus laḷeti Ja.i.362 (ppr. lāḷentā); Vism.365; cp. upa˚
pp laḷita: see pa˚.
lal, onomat. …
laṅgula →
pts
…(= nandhati); nalāṭa (for laḷāta).
cp. Sk. lāngula & lāngūla; also the ordinary P. forms nangula & nanguṭṭha, to; lag
laṇḍa →
pts
excrement, dung of animals, dirt; mostly used with ref to elephants (haṭṭhi˚), e.g. at Ja.ii.19; Dhp-a.i.163, Dhp-a.i.192 Dhp-a.iv.156 (here also as assa˚; horse dung.) Cp. *[laṇḍikā](/define/laṇ …
leṇa →
pts
(& lena) neuter
- a cave (in a rock), a mountain cave, used by ascetics (or bhikkhus) as a hermitage or place of shelter, a rock cell. Often enumerated with kuṭi guhā, e.g. Vin.iv.48; Mil.151; Vb. …
likhati →
pts
- to scratch; to cut carve; write, inscribe MN.i.127 (rūpāni); Ja.ii.372 (suvaṇṇa-patte); Ja.iv.257 (id.), Ja.iv.488, Ja.iv.489 (jāti-hingulakena); Dhp-a.i.182; Pv-a.145 (nāmaṃ likhi wrote his na …
loha →
pts
metal, esp. copper, brass or bronze It is often used as a general term & the individual application is not always sharply defined. Its comprehensiveness is evident from the classification of *[loha](/ …
lohita →
pts
adjective noun
- (adj.) red: rarely by itself (e.g. MN.ii.17), usually in compounds e.g. -abhijāti the red species (q.v.) AN.iii.383; -kasiṇa the artifice of red DN.iii.268; AN.i.41; Dhs.203; …
lohitaṅka →
pts
ruby AN.iv.199, AN.iv.203; Tha-ap.2; Vv.36#3; Vv-a.304. See masāragalla for further refs. Note. The word is not found in Vedic and Class. Sk. a later term for “ruby” is *[ …
loka →
pts
…at Cnd.551 (under lokantagū Snp.1133) as follows 1 bhavaloka; 2 sampatti bhavaloka, vipatti bhavaloka; 3 vedanā; 4 āhārā; 5…
loluppa →
pts
greediness, covetousness, self-indulgence, desire; in the language of the Abhidhamma often syn. with jappā or taṇhā. At Dhs-a.365 loluppa is treated as an adj. …
lābhin →
pts
adj.
- (-˚) receiving, getting, having, possessed of MN.iii.39 (as n. “a receiver, recipient”) AN.i.24; AN.ii.85; AN.iv.400; Pp.51; Vb.332 (nikāma˚) Ja.i.140.
- one who has intuition either in rea …
lākhā →
pts
lac; lac-dye; enumerated with other colourings at MN.i.127 = SN.ii.101 = AN.iii.230
■ Snp-a.577 Vism.261 (as colour of blood).
- -ācariya expert in lac-dyeing Snp-a.577.
- …
mada →
pts
- intoxication, sensual excess, in formula davāya madāya maṇḍanāya (for purposes of sport, excess, personal charm etc. MN.i.355 = AN.ii.40 = Mnd.496 = Cnd.540 = Pp.21 = Dhs.1346, Dhs.1348. The comm …
madanīya →
pts
adj. nt.
- intoxicating DN.ii.185 (sadda vaggu rajanīya kāmanīya m.).
- intoxication Vv-a.73.
orig. grd. of madati
madhuraka →
pts
adjective full of sweet drink, intoxicated, in phrase madhuraka-jātokāyo viya “like an intoxicated body, i.e. without control, weak. The usual translation has been “become languid or weak” (“erschl …
magga →
pts
- a road (usually high road), way, foot-path Vism.708 (maggaṃ agata-pubba-purisa, simile of); Vb-a.256 (tiyojana˚, simile of a man travelling); Dhp-a.i.229- addhāna˚; high road Vin.iv.62; MN. …
mahant →
pts
adjective great, extensive, big important, venerable
■ nom. mahā Snp.1008; Mhvs.22, Mhvs.27. Shortened to maha in cpd. pitāmaha (following a …
makkaṭa →
pts
- a monkey Ja.i.385; Ja.ii.267; Dhp-a.ii.22; Vb-a.408 (˚niddā, a m.’s sleep, said to be quickly changing); Kp-a.73 (in simile); Snp-a.522 (cp. Snp.791). Names of monkeys famous in Jātaka tales: S …
mana(s) →
pts
Mano & Mana(s)
neuter
I. Declension
Like all other nouns of old s-stems mano has partly retained the s forms (cp cetah → ceto) & partly follows the a-declension. The …
manesikā →
pts
“mind-searching,” i.e. guessing the thoughts of others, mind-reading; a practice forbidden to bhikkhus DN.i.7 (= m. nāma manasā cintita-jānana-kīḷā DN-a.i.86); Vin.ii.10.
mano + esikā2
mano →
pts
Mano & Mana(s)
neuter
I. Declension
Like all other nouns of old s-stems mano has partly retained the s forms (cp cetah → ceto) & partly follows the a-declension. The …
manta →
pts
…pariggahetvā)
- -pāragū one who is accomplished in the Vedas Snp.251 (= vedapāragū Snp-a.293), Snp.690 (= vedānaṃ…
manteti →
pts
to pronounce in an important (because secret) manner (like a mantra), i.e.
- to take counsel (with = instr. or saddhiṃ) DN.i.94, DN.i.104 (mantanaṃ manteyya to discuss DN.i.122 (2nd pl. i …
manussa →
pts
human being, man. The popular etym. connects m. with Manu(s), the ancestor of men, e.g. Kp-a.123: “Manuno apaccā ti manussā, porāṇā pana bhaṇanti ʻmana-ussannatāya manussa’; te Jambudīpakā, Aparagoy …
mathita →
pts
- (churned) buttermilk Vin.ii.301 (amathita-kappa).
- upset, mentally unbalanced state, disturbance of mind through passion conceit, etc. MN.i.486 (maññita +). Neumann trsls “Vermutung” …
maya →
pts
adjective (-˚ only) made of, consisting of
■ An interesting analysis (interesting for judging the views and sense of etymology of an ancient commentator) of maya is given by Dhamm …
mañjeṭṭhaka →
pts
adjective crimson, bright red, fig. shining Vv.39#1 (cp. defn at Vv-a.177: like the tree Vitex negundo, sindhavāra, or the colour of the Kaṇavīra-bud; same defn at Dhs-a.317, …
maññati →
pts
- to think, to be of opinion, to imagine, to deem Snp.199 (sīsaṃ… subhato naṃ maññati bālo), Snp.588 (yena yena hi maññanti, tato taṃ hoti aññathā) Ja.ii.258 (maññāmi ciraṃ carissati: I imagine he wi …
maṅgula →
pts
adjective sallow; f. maṅgulī woman of sallow complexion SN.ii.260 = Vin.iii.107; Vin.iii.100.
cp. mangura
maṅgura →
pts
adjective golden; in cpd. -cchavi of golden colour, f cchavī DN.i.193, DN.i.242; MN.i.246, MN.i.429; MN.ii.33; Vism.184.
etym.? or = mangula? See J.R.A.S. 1903, 186 the corresponding passage t …
maṅku →
pts
adjective staggering, confused troubled, discontented Vin.ii.118; SN.v.74; Dhp.249 Mnd.150; Dhp-a.iii.41, Dhp-a.iii.359 (with loc.)
■ f. pl. maṅkū Vin.i.93
■ dummaṅku “st …
maṇi →
pts
- a gem, jewel. At several places one may interpret as “crystal.” DN.i.7 (as ornament); Dhp.161; Ja.vi.265 (agghiya, precious). In simile at DN.i.76 (maṇi veḷuriyo). On maṇi in similes see J.P.T.S. …
maṇḍala →
pts
- circle DN.i.134 (paṭhavi˚, cp. puthavi˚ Snp.990); Vism.143 (˚ṃ karoti to draw a circle, in simile), Vism.174 (tipu˚ & rajata˚ lead- & silver circle, in kasiṇa practice); Vv-a.147 (of a fan = tāla …
meda →
pts
fat SN.i.124; Snp.196; Ja.iii.484 (ajakaraṃ medaṃ = ajakara-medaṃ C.); Kp iii. (explained at Vism.262 as “thīnasineha” thick or coagulated fluid or gelatine); Vism.361 Vb-a.66, Vb-a.225, Vb-a.245, …
meraya →
pts
sort of intoxicating liquor, spirits, rum, usually combined with surā. DN.i.146 DN.i.166; MN.i.238; Pp.55; Dhp.247; Ja.iv.117 (pupphāsav-ādi, i.e. made fr. flowers, cp. defn</s …
milakkha →
pts
barbarian, foreigner, outcaste hillman SN.v.466; Ja.vi.207; DN-a.i.176; Snp-a.236 (˚mahātissa-thera Np.), Snp-a.397 (˚bhāsā foreign dialect) The word occurs also in form *[milakkhu](/define/milakk …
milāyati →
pts
to relax, languish, fade wither SN.i.126; Iti.76; Ja.i.329; Ja.v.90
caus milāpeti [Sk. mlāpayati] to make dry, to cause to wither Ja.i.340 (sassaṃ); fig. to assuage, suppress, stifle Ja.iii.414 (t …
missa →
pts
adjective
- mixed (with: -˚); various Vin.i.33 (kesa˚, jatā˚ etc. = a mixture of, various); Thag.143; Ja.iii.95, Ja.iii.144 (udaka-paṇṇa˚ yāgu); Pv.i.9#2 (missā kiṭakā). nt. missaṃ as adv. “in a …
mitta →
pts
friend. Usually m., although nt. occurs in meaning “friend,” in sg. (Ne.164) & pl. (Snp.185 Snp.187); in meaning “friendship” at Ja.vi.375 (= mittabhāva C.). The half-scientific, half-popular etym …
mohana →
pts
making dull or stupid, infatuation, enticement, allurement Snp.399, Snp.772 (= mohanā vuccanti pañca kāmaguṇā Mnd.26). The Sk. meaning is also “sexual intercourse” (cp. Halāyudha p. 315), which may ap …
mora →
pts
pea-hen a peacock Ja.ii.275 (˚upasevin, see C. on this passage), Ja.vi.218, Ja.vi.497; Pv-a.142; Dhp-a.i.394. A peacock’s tail (sometimes used as a fan) is denoted in var. terms in compounds, as *m …
moragu →
pts
tender grass (Achyranthes aspera) Vin.i.196.
cp. (scientific) Sk. mayūraka
mosa →
pts
(˚-) adjective noun belonging to or untruth, false-; only in compounds -dhamma of a deceitful nature, false, AN.v.84 (kāma); Snp.739, Snp.757 & -vajja [fr. m …
mucala →
pts
occurs as simplex only in Np. Mahā- mucala -mālaka Mhvs.15, Mhvs.36. It refers to the tree mucalinda, of which it may be a short form. On the other hand *m …
mucchati →
pts
- (spelt muccati) to become stiff, congeal, coagulate, curdle Dhp.71; Dhp-a.ii.67.
- to become infatuated DN.iii.43 (majjati +)
- only in Caus. muccheti to make sound, to i …
muddikā →
pts
Muddikā1
feminine a seal ring, signet-ring, fingerring Ja.i.134; Ja.iii.416; Ja.iv.439; Dhp-a.i.394; Dhp-a.ii.4 (a ring given by the king to the keeper of the city gates as a sign of au …
muddā →
pts
- a seal, stamp, impression; - rāja˚; the royal seal Dhp-a.i.21. Also with ref. to the State Seal at Mil.280, Mil.281 in compounds muddakāma (amacca) & mudda-paṭilābha.
- the art of calculation …
mukha →
pts
- the mouth Snp.608, Snp.1022 (with ref. to the long tongue, pahūta-jivha, of the Buddha or Mahāpurisa) Ja.ii.7; DN-a.i.287 (uttāna˚ clear mouthed, i.e. easy to understand, cp. DN.i.116); Pv-a.11, …
musati →
pts
to betray, beguile bewilder, dazzle, in cakkhūni m. DN.ii.183 (but translation “destructive to the eyes”); musati ’va nayanaṃ Vv.35#3 (cp. Vv-a.161).
in this connection = mṛṣ in an active sense, …
muta →
pts
thought, supposed, imagined (i.e. received by other vaguer sense impressions than by sight & hearing) MN.i.3; Snp.714 (= phusan’ arahaṃ Snp-a.498), Snp.812; Ja.v.398 (= anumata C.) Vb.14, Vb.429 sq …
mutta →
pts
…muttaṃ vuccati); Pv.i.9#1 (gūthañ ca m.); Pv-a.43, Pv-a.78 enumerated under the 32 constituents of the body (the dvattiṃs-ākāraṃ) at Kp…
muttā →
pts
pearl Vv.37#7 (˚ācita); Pv.ii.7#5 (+ veḷuriya); Mhvs.30, Mhvs.66. Eight sorts of pearls are enumerated at Mvu. 11, 14, viz. haya-gaja-rath’ āmalakā valay’anguli-veṭhakā kakudha-phala-pākatikā, i …
muñcati →
pts
I. Forms
The 2 bases muñc˚ & mucc˚; are differentiated in such a way, that muñc˚; is the active base, and mucc˚; the passive. There are however cases where the active forms (muñ …
māgavika →
pts
deerstalker, huntsman AN.ii.207; Pp.56; Mil.364, Mil.412; Pv-a.207.
guṇa-form to *mṛga = P. miga; Sk. mārgavika
mālā →
pts
garland, wreath, chaplet; collectively = flowers; fig. row, line Snp.401; Pp.56 Vism.265 (in simile); Pv.ii.3#16 (gandha, m., vilepana as a “lady’s” toilet outfit); Pv.ii.4#9 (as one of the 8 or 10 st …
mānasa →
pts
intention, purpose, mind (as active force), mental action. Almost equivalent to mano Dhs § 6. In later language mānasa is quite synonymous with hadaya. The word, used absolutely, is more a t. t. in ph …
mānita →
pts
revered, honoured Ud.73 (sakkata m. pūjita apacita)
■ A rather singular by-form is mānikata (q.v.).
pp. of māneti
māsa →
pts
Māsa1
a month, as the 12th part of the year. The 12 months are (beginning with what chronologically corresponds to our middle of March) Citta (Citra), Vesākha, Jeṭṭha, Āsāḷha, S …
māsācita →
pts
filled by the (say 6 or more) month(s), i.e. heavy (alluding to the womb in advanced pregnancy), heaped full MN.i.332 (kucchi garu-garu viya māsācitaṃ maññe ti; Neumann trsls “wie ein Sack …
mātar →
pts
mother
■ Cases: nom. sg mātā Snp.296; Dhp.43; Ja.iv.463; Ja.v.83; Ja.vi.117; Cnd.504 (def. as janikā); gen. mātu Thag.473; Vin.i.17; Ja.i.52 mātuyā Ja.i.53; Mhvs.10, Mhvs.80; Pv-a.31; and * …
mātikā →
pts
- a water course Vism.554 (˚âtikkamaka); Mhvs.35, Mhvs.96; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.50; Snp-a.500 (= sobbha); Dhp-a.ii.141 (its purpose: “ito c’ ito ca udakaṃ haritvā attano sassa-kammaṃ sampādenti”); Vv-a. …
mīḷha →
pts
…Vv.52#11 (with ref. to the gūthaniraya); Pv.iii.4#5 (= gūtha Pv-a.194); Dhp-a.ii.53 (˚ṃ khādituṃ).
- -kūpa pit of…
mūsika →
pts
Mūsika & mūsikā
masculine & feminine a mouse DN.ii.107 = Pp.43 (f.); Vism.109 (m.), Vism.252 Kp-a.46 (m.); Mhvs.5, Mhvs.30 (m.); Vb-a.235.
- -cchinna (auguries from the marks on cloth (gnawed b …
mūsikā →
pts
Mūsika & mūsikā
masculine & feminine a mouse DN.ii.107 = Pp.43 (f.); Vism.109 (m.), Vism.252 Kp-a.46 (m.); Mhvs.5, Mhvs.30 (m.); Vb-a.235.
- -cchinna (auguries from the marks on cloth (gnawed b …
naccaka →
pts
dancer, (pantomimic actor Mil.191, Mil.331, Mil.359 (naṭa˚)
■ f. naccakī Vin.ii.12.
Sk. *nṛtyaka, distinguished from but ultimately identical with naṭaka, q.v.
nagara →
pts
stronghold, citadel, fortress a (fortified) town, city. As seat of the government as important centre of trade contrasted with gāma nigama (village & market-place or township) Vin.iii.47 (˚bandhana), …
nagga →
pts
adjective naked, nude Vin.ii.121; Ja.i.307; Pv.i.6#1 (= niccola Pv-a.32); Pv.ii.1#5; Pv.ii.8#1; Pv-a.68 Pv-a.106.
- -cariyā going naked Dhp.141; Dhp-a.iii.78; cp. Sk nagnacar …
nakha →
pts
nail of finger or toe, a claw Vin.ii.133; Snp.610 (na angulīhi nakhehi vā); Ja.v.489 (pañcanakhā sattā five-nailed or-toed beings); Kp ii. = Mil.26, cp. taca (pañcatacakaṃ); Kp-a.43; Vv-a.7 (dasa\ …
nakkhatta →
pts
the stars or constellations, a conjunction of the moon with diff. constellations, a lunar mansion or the constellations of the lunar zodiac, figuring also as Names of months & determinant factors of h …
nayati FIXME double →
pts
Neti & nayati
to lead, guide, conduct; to take, carry (away); fig. to draw a conclusion, to understand, to take as Dhp.80, Dhp.145, Dhp.240, Dhp.257; Ja.i.228 Ja.iv.241 (nayaṃ n. to draw a proper con …
naṅgula →
pts
tail Thag.113 = Thag.601 (go˚).
Sk. lāngū̆la to langa & lagati (q.v.). cp. Gr.; λαγγάζω, Lat. langueo
naṅguṭṭha →
pts
Err:501
netar →
pts
leader, guide, forerunner Snp.86, Snp.213; Mnd.446.
Vedic netṛ, n. ag. of neti
neti →
pts
Neti & nayati
to lead, guide, conduct; to take, carry (away); fig. to draw a conclusion, to understand, to take as Dhp.80, Dhp.145, Dhp.240, Dhp.257; Ja.i.228 Ja.iv.241 (nayaṃ n. to draw a proper con …
netta →
pts
Netta1
a guide Ja.iii.111; Ne.130.
Sk. netra, fr. neti
Netta2
neuter guidance, anything that guides, a conductor, fig. the eye. SN.i.26 (sārathī nettāni gahetvā = the reins); …
netti →
pts
guide, conductor; support (= nettika2) Iti.37 (āhāra˚-pabhava), Iti.38 (bhava˚), Iti.94 (netticchinna bhikkhu = Arahant). Cp. nettika2 dhamma˚, bhava˚.
Vedic netrī, f. to netṛ
nettika →
pts
adjective noun
- having as guide or forerunner, in Bhagavaṃ˚’ dhamma MN.i.310; AN.i.199 AN.iv.158, AN.iv.351; AN.v.355.
- a conduit for irrigation; one who makes conduits for watering Dhp.80 (= uda …
neyya →
pts
adjective to be led, carried etc.; fig. to be instructed; to be inferred, guessed or understood Snp.55, Snp.803, Snp.846, Snp.1113; Mnd.114, Mnd.206; Cnd.372; Pp.41; Ne.9 sq., Ne.125; *-[attha](/defi …
ni →
pts
Ni˚
Nearly all (ultimately prob. all) words under this heading are compounds with the pref. ni.
A. Forms
- Pāli ni˚; combines the two prefixes ni, nis (nir). They ar …
nibaddha →
pts
adjective bound down to, i.e.
- fixed, stable, sure Ja.iv.134 (bhattavetana); Mil.398 (a˚ unstable, ˚sayana). At DN-a.i.243 two kinds of cārikā (wanderings, pilgrimages) are dis …
nibandhati →
pts
- to bind Mil.79.
- to mix, apply, prepare Vin.ii.151 (anibandhanīya unable to be applied, not binding); Ja.i.201 (yāgubhattaṃ).
- to press, urge, importune Ja.iii.277.
ni + bandhati
nibbiddha →
pts
- in phrase -piṅgala (with) disgustingly red (eyes) (perhaps = nibbiṇṇa?) Ja.v.42 (of a giant).
- with ref. to a road: broken up, i.e. much frequented, busy street Ja.vi.276 (of vīthi, bazaar, in …
nibbidā →
pts
weariness, disgust with worldly life, tedium, aversion, indifference, disenchantment N. is of the preliminary & conditional states for the attainment of Nibbāna (see nibbāna II B …
nibbikappa →
pts
distinction, distinguishing Vism.193.
nis + vikappa
nibbindati →
pts
to get wearied of (c. loc.); to have enough of, be satiated, turn away from, to be disgusted with. In two roots:
- vind: prs. nibbindati etc. usually in combination with virajjati & vimuccati; ( …
nibbiṇṇa →
pts
adjective tired of, disgusted with (c. instr. or loc.), wearied of, dissatisfied with, “fed up” Ja.i.347; Ja.vi.62; Thig.478 (= viratta Thag-a.286); Dhp-a.i.85 (˚hadaya); Vv-a.207 (˚rūpa) Pv-a.159 …
nibbuta →
pts
adjective (lit.) extinguished (of fire), cooled, quenched (fig. desireless (often with nicchāta & sītibhūta), appeased pleased, happy
- (lit.) aggi anāhāro n. MN.i.487; Snp.19 (ginī n. = magga-sali …
nibbāna →
pts
… ■ pāragū (victor). pāragū sabbadhammānaṃ anupādāya nibbuto AN.i.162 (cp AN.iv.290 with tiṇṇo…
nibbāpana →
pts
means of extinguishing, extinction, quenching SN.i.188 (cittaṃ pariḍayhati: nibbāpanaṃ brūhi = allayment of the glow); AN.iv.320 (celassa n˚āya chandaṃ karoti: try to put out the burning cloth); Mil.3 …
nibbāpeti →
pts
- to extinguish, put out, quench SN.i.188 (mahārāgaṃ); Iti.93 (rāg-aggiṃ; & nibbāpetvā aggiṃ nipakā parinibbanti); cp. aggiṃ nijjāleti Ja.vi.495; Pv.i.8#5 (vārinā viya osiñcaṃ sabbaṃ daraṃ nibbāpaye …
nibbāpita →
pts
adjective extinguished, put out, quenched Ja.iii.99 (= nicchuddha).
pp. of nibbāpeti
nibbāyati →
pts
- to be cooled or refreshed, to be covered up = to be extinguished, go out (of fire), to cease to exist, always used with ref. to fire or heat or (fig.) burning sensations (see *[nibbāna](/define/nib …
nicula →
pts
plant (Barringtonia acutangula) Vv-a.134.
Sk. nicula
niddara →
pts
adjective free from fear, pain or anguish Dhp.205 = Snp.257 (explained at Dhp-a.iii.269 by rāgadarathānaṃ abhāvena n.; at Snp-a.299 by kilesapariḷāhâbhāvena n.).
nis + dara
niddisati →
pts
Niddisati & niddissati
to distinguish, point out, explain designate, define, express, to mean Iti.122 = Cnd.276#f Mil.123, Mil.345; Dhs-a.57; Dhp-a.ii.59; Pv-a.87, Pv-a.217 (˚itvā); aor. *[niddis …
niddissati →
pts
Niddisati & niddissati
to distinguish, point out, explain designate, define, express, to mean Iti.122 = Cnd.276#f Mil.123, Mil.345; Dhs-a.57; Dhp-a.ii.59; Pv-a.87, Pv-a.217 (˚itvā); aor. *[niddis …
niggumba →
pts
adjective free from bushes, clear Ja.i.187; Mil.3.
Sk. *nirgulma, nis + gumba
nigguṇa →
pts
adjective devoid of good qualities, bad Mil.180.
Sk. nirguṇa, nis + guṇa
nigguṇḍi →
pts
shrub (Vitex Negundo) Mil.223 (˚phala); Vism.257 (˚puppha).
Sk. nirguṇḍī, of obscure etym.
nigāḷhika →
pts
(better variant reading nigāḷhita) sunk down into, immersed in Thag.568 (gūthakūpe).
Sk. nigāḍhita; ni + gāḍhita, see gāḷha2
nigūhana →
pts
covering, concealing, hiding Vv-a.71.
Sk. nigūhana, see nigūhati
nigūhati →
pts
…pp. nigūḷha (q.v.).
Sk. nigūhati, ni + gūhati
nigūḷha →
pts
hidden (down), concealed; (n.) a secret Ja.i.461; Dāvs iii.39.
Sk. nigūḍha, but BSk. nirgūḍha (Divy.256); ni + gūḷha
nijjāleti →
pts
to make an end to a blaze, to extinguish, to put out Ja.vi.495 (aggiṃ).
nis + jāleti
nikkhanta →
pts
adjective gone out, departed from (c. abl.), gone away; also med going out, giving up, figuratively leaving behind, resigning renouncing (fusing in meaning with kanta1 of kāmyati = desirele …
nikāya →
pts
collection (“body”) assemblage, class, group.
- generally (always-˚): eka˚; one class of beings Dhs-a.66; tiracchāna˚; the animal kingdom SN.iii.152; deva˚; the assembly of the gods, the g …
nilloketi →
pts
to watch out, keep guard, watch, observe Vin.ii.208.
nis + loketi
nilloḷeti →
pts
Nillāḷeti & Nilloḷeti
to move (the tongue) up & down SN.i.118; MN.i.109; DN-a.i.42 (pp. nillāḷita-jivhā); Dhp-a.iv.197 (jivhaṃ nilloleti; variant reading nillāleti & lilāḷeti) = Ja.v.434 (variant …
nillāḷeti →
pts
Nillāḷeti & Nilloḷeti
to move (the tongue) up & down SN.i.118; MN.i.109; DN-a.i.42 (pp. nillāḷita-jivhā); Dhp-a.iv.197 (jivhaṃ nilloleti; variant reading nillāleti & lilāḷeti) = Ja.v.434 (variant …
nimitta →
pts
- sign, omen, portent, prognostication DN.i.9 (study of omens = n. satthaṃ DN-a.i.92, q.v. for detailed expln); Ja.i.11 (caturo nimitte nâddasaṃ); Mil.79, Mil.178 Esp. as pubba˚; signs …
nimmakkha →
pts
adjective without egotism, not false, not slandering Snp.56 (cp Cnd.356 makkha = niṭṭhuriya; see also Snp-a.108; paraguṇa-vināsana-lakkhaṇo makkho).
nis + makkha, cp. Sk. nirmatsara
nimugga →
pts
…(-˚) (c. loc. Vin.iii.106 (gūthakūpe sasīsakaṃ n.); DN.i.75; Ja.i.4 Ja.iii.393 (gūthakalale), Ja.iii.415; Mnd.26; Pp.71; Mil.262 Sdhp.573….
nindati →
pts
to blame, find fault with, censure AN.ii.3; AN.v.171 AN.v.174; Snp.658; Ja.vi.63; Dhp.227;
inf. nindituṃ Dhp.230 grd nindanīya Snp-a.477.
pp nindita (q.v.); cp. also nindiya.
Sk. nindati, nid …
ninnāmeti →
pts
to bend down, put out (the tongue) DN.i.106 (jivhaṃ = nīharati DN-a.i.276) Ja.i.163, Ja.i.164; cp. Divy.7, Divy.71 (nirṇāmayati).
Caus. of ni + namati
nippariyāya →
pts
- without distinction or difference, absence of explanation or demonstration Dhs-a.317 (˚ena not figuratively), Dhs-a.403 (˚desanā); Vv-a.320.
- unchangeable, not to be turned Mil.113, Mil.123 Mi …
niraparādha →
pts
adjective without offence, guiltless, innocent Ja.i.264.
nis + aparādha
niraya →
pts
purgatory, hell, a place of punishment & torture, where sin is atoned (i.e. kamma ripens = paccati, is literally boiled) by terrible ordeals (kāraṇāni) similar to & partly identical with those of Hade …
nirutti →
pts
one of the Vedāngas (see chaḷanga), expln of words, grammatical analysis etymological interpretation; pronunciation, dialect way of speaking, expression Vin.ii.139 (pabbajitā… sakāya nirutt …
nitamba →
pts
the ridge of a mountain or a glen, gully DN-a.i.209.
Sk. nitamba; etym. unknown
nivāpa →
pts
food thrown (for feeding), fodder, bait; gift, portion, ration MN.i.151 sq. (Nivāpa-sutta); Ja.i.150; Ja.iii.271; Dhp-a.i.233 (share); Dhp-a.iii.303; Vv-a.63 (diguṇaṃ ˚ṃ pacitvā cooking a double p …
niyyāma →
pts
Niyyāma(ka)
a pilot, helmsman, master mariner, guide Ja.i.107 (thala˚); Ja.iv.137, Ja.iv.138; Mil.194, Mil.378 sq.; Dāvs iv.42.
Sk. niyāmaka & niryāma(ka). Cp. also P. niyāmaka
niyyāmaka →
pts
Niyyāma(ka)
a pilot, helmsman, master mariner, guide Ja.i.107 (thala˚); Ja.iv.137, Ja.iv.138; Mil.194, Mil.378 sq.; Dāvs iv.42.
Sk. niyāmaka & niryāma(ka). Cp. also P. niyāmaka
niyyāsa →
pts
any exudation (of plants or trees), as gum, resin, juice, etc. Vism.74 (˚rukkha, one of the 8 kinds of trees), Vism.360 (paggharitan- rukkha). Cp. nivāyāsa.
cp. Sk. niryāsa, Ha …
niyyātar →
pts
guide, leader MN.i.523 sq.
n. ag. to niyyāma
niyāmeti →
pts
to restrain, control, govern, guide Mil.378 (nāvaṃ).
Denom. fr. niyāma or niyama
nāga →
pts
- a serpent or Nāga demon, playing a prominent part in Buddh. fairy-tales, gifted with miraculous powers & great strength. They often act as fairies are classed with other divinities (see *[devatā]( …
nāma →
pts
name.
-
Literal. nom. nāmaṃ SN.i.39; Snp.808; Ja.ii.131; Mil.27; acc. nāmaṃ Pv-a.145 (likhi: he wrote her name)
■ nāmaṃ karoti to give a name Snp.344 Cnd.466 (n’ etaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ on “ …
nānatta →
pts
(nt. m.) diversity, variety, manifoldness, multiformity, distraction; all sorts of (opp. ekatta, cp. MN.i.364: “the multiformity of sensuous impressions,” M.A.). Enumn of diversity as nānat …
nāyaka →
pts
leader, guide, lord, mostly as epithet of the Buddha (loka˚ “Lord of the World” Snp.991 (loka˚); Mhvs.vii.1 (id.); Sdhp.491 (tilokassa) bala-nāyakā gang leaders Ja.i.103.
BSk. nāyaka (cp. anāyaka wi …
nīta →
pts
past participle led, guided; ascertained, inferred AN.i.60 (˚attha); Ja.i.262; Ja.ii.215 (kāma˚); Ne.21 (˚attha natural meaning, i.e. the primarily inferred sense, opp neyyattha); Sdhp.366 (dun˚). Cp. …
nīti →
pts
guidance, practice, conduct, esp. right conduct, propriety; statesmanship, polity Pv-a.114 (˚mangala commonsense), Pv-a.129 (˚sattha science of statecraft, or of prudent behaviour), Pv-a.130 (˚cint …
nīvāra →
pts
raw rice, paddy DN.i.166; AN.i.241, AN.i.295; AN.ii.206; Pp.55; Ja.iii.144 (˚yāgu).
Sk. nīvāra, unexplained
nīyati FIXME double →
pts
Nīyati
to be led or guided, to go, to be moved SN.i.39 (cittena nīyati loko); Dhp.175; Pv.i.11#1 (= vahīyati Pv-a.56); Ja.i.264 (ppr. nīyamāna) Pv-a.4 (id.); Dhp-a.iii.177; Sdhp.292, Sdhp.302. Als …
o →
pts
Initial o in Pali may represent a Vedic o or a Vedic au (see ojas, ogha, etc.). Or it may be guṇa of u (see oḷārika opakammika, etc.). But it is usually a prefix representing Vedi …
obhāsa →
pts
shine, splendour, light, lustre, effulgence; appearance. In clairvoyant language also “aura (see Cpd. 2141 with C. expln. “rays emitted from the body on account of insight”)-D …
odhunāti →
pts
to shake off MN.i.229; SN.iii.155; AN.iii.365 (+ niddhunāti); Pv.iv.3#54 (variant reading BB ophun˚, SS otu˚) = Pv-a.256; Vin.ii.317 (Bdhgh. in expln. of ogumphetvā of CV. v.11, 6; p. 117 …
ogamana →
pts
going down, setting (of sun & moon), always in contrast to; uggamana (rising), therefore freq.variant reading ogg DN.i.10, DN.i.68; DN-a.i.95 (= atthangamana); Vv-a.326.
o + …
ogha →
pts
- (rare in the old texts) a flood of water Vv-a.48 (udak’ ogha); usually as mahogha a great flood Dhp.47; Vism.512; Vv-a.110; Dhp-a.ii.274 = Thag-a.175.
- (always in sg.) th …
oghaniya →
pts
adjective that which can be engulfed by floods (metaph.) Dhs.584 (cp. Dhs trsl. 308); Vb.12, Vb.25 & passim; Dhs-a.49.
fr. ogha(na)
ogumpheti →
pts
to string together, wind round, adorn with wreaths, cover, dress Vin.i.194 (pass. ogumphiyanti; vv.ll. ogumbhiyanti ogubbiy˚, ogummīy˚, okumpiy˚); Vin.ii.142 (ogumphetvā).
ava + Denom. of gumpha garland
oguṇṭheti →
pts
to cover, veil over, hide SN.iv.122 (ger. oguṇṭhitvā sīsaṃ, perhaps better read as oguṇṭhitā variant reading SS. okuṇṭhitū)
pp oguṇṭhita (q.v.).
o + guṇṭheti
oguṇṭhita →
pts
covered or dressed (with) Vin.ii.207; Pv-a.86 (variant reading okuṇṭhita).
pp. of oguṇṭheti, cp. BSk. avaguṇṭhita, e.g. Jtm.30
ohiyyaka →
pts
adjective noun one who is left behind (in the house as a guard) Vin.iii.208; Vin.iv.94; SN.i.185 (vihārapāla).
fr. ohīyati, avahiyyati
ojā →
pts
strength, but only in meaning of strength-giving, nutritive essence (appl; d. to food). MN.i.245 SN.ii.87 SN.v.162 (dhamm’) AN.iii.396 Ja.i.68 Dhs.646 Dhs.740, Dhs.875 Mil.156 Dhp-a.ii.15 …
opaguyha →
pts
see opavayha.
opavayha →
pts
adjective noun fit for riding, suitable as conveyance, state-elephant (of the elephant of the king) SN.v.351 = Ne.136 (variant reading opaguyha C. explains by ārohana-yogga); Ja.ii.20 (SS opavuyha); …
opilāpita →
pts
immersed into (loc.), gutted with water, drenched Ja.i.212, Ja.i.214.
pp. of opilāpeti
osadhī →
pts
There is no difference in meaning between osadha and osadhī; both mean equally any medicine whether of herbs or other ingredients. Cp. e.g. AN.iv.100 (bījagāma-bhūtagāmā… osadhi-tiṇavanappatayo) Pv. …
ottappati →
pts
to feel a sense of guilt, to be conscious or afraid of evil SN.i.154; Pts.ii.169, Pts.ii.176; Pp.20, Pp.21; Dhs.31; Mil.171. Ottappin & Ottapin;
ut + tappati1
pabba →
pts
- a knot (of a stalk), joint, section Vin.iv.35; MN.i.80; Ja.i.245 (veḷu˚); Vism.358 (id.; but nāḷika p. 260); Vb-a.63 (id.); Thag.243-angula˚ finger joint Vin.iv.262, MN.i.187; DN-a.i.285-pabba\ …
pabhaṅga →
pts
destruction, breaking up, brittleness Pts.ii.238 (calato pabhangato addhuvato) but id. p. at Cnd.214#ii and Mil.418 read “calato pabhanguto addhuvato.” Pabhangu, Pabhanguna & gura;
fr. pa + bhañj
pabhaṅgu →
pts
Pabhaṅgu, Pabhaṅguṇa & ˚gura
adjective brittle, easily destroyed, perishable frail.
- pabhaṅgu: SN.iii.32; SN.v.92; AN.i.254, AN.i.257 sq. AN.iii.16; Dhs-a.380; Sdhp.51, Sdhp …
pabhaṅgura →
pts
Pabhaṅgu, Pabhaṅguṇa & ˚gura
adjective brittle, easily destroyed, perishable frail.
- pabhaṅgu: SN.iii.32; SN.v.92; AN.i.254, AN.i.257 sq. AN.iii.16; Dhs-a.380; Sdhp.51, Sdhp …
pabhaṅguṇa →
pts
Pabhaṅgu, Pabhaṅguṇa & ˚gura
adjective brittle, easily destroyed, perishable frail.
- pabhaṅgu: SN.iii.32; SN.v.92; AN.i.254, AN.i.257 sq. AN.iii.16; Dhs-a.380; Sdhp.51, Sdhp …
paccagū →
pts
…of ˚ga, as in paṭṭhagū, vedagū pāragū. pacca may be praṭya, an adv. formn of prep praṭi, and paṭṭha its doublet. It…
paccaya →
pts
lit. resting on, falling back on, foundation cause, motive etc. See on term as t.t. of philosophy Tikapaṭṭhāna I, foreword; J.P.T.S. 1916, 21 f.; Cpd. 42 sq. & esp. 259 sq.
- (lit.) support, req …
pacinati →
pts
Pacinati & Pacināti
- to pick, pluck, gather, take up, collect, accumulate SN.iii.89 SN.iv.74 (dukkhaṃ = ācināti p. 73); Dhp.47, Dhp.48 (pupphāni ocinati Dhp-a.i.366); Ja.iii.22; fut. pacinissati Dh …
pacināti →
pts
Pacinati & Pacināti
- to pick, pluck, gather, take up, collect, accumulate SN.iii.89 SN.iv.74 (dukkhaṃ = ācināti p. 73); Dhp.47, Dhp.48 (pupphāni ocinati Dhp-a.i.366); Ja.iii.22; fut. pacinissati Dh …
paddhacara →
pts
…Mnd.464 (+ paricārika) Snp-a.597 (+ paricāraka, for paddhagū).
paddha1 + cara, cp. Sk. prādhva and prahva humble
paddhagu →
pts
adjective noun
- going, walking Ja.iii.95 (T. na p’ addhaguṃ, but C. reads paddhaguṃ)
- humble, ready to serve, servant, attendant, slave SN.i.104 (so read for paccagu); Snp.1095 (T. for paṭṭhagu q …
padhāna →
pts
exertion, energetic effort, striving, concentration of mind DN.iii.30 DN.iii.77, DN.iii.104, DN.iii.108, DN.iii.214, DN.iii.238; MN.ii.174, MN.ii.218; SN.i.47; SN.ii.268 SN.iv.360; SN.v.244 sq.; AN.ii …
pagumba →
pts
thicket, bush, clump of trees Snp.233.
pa + gumba
paguṇa →
pts
adjective learned, full of knowledge, clever, well-acquainted, familiar DN.iii.170; Vv.53#2 (= nipuṇa Vv-a.232); Ja.ii.243; Ja.iv.130; Ja.v.399; Vism.95 (Majjhimo me paguṇo: I am well versed in the …
paguṇatā →
pts
Paguṇatta (nt.) (doubtful) abstr. to paguṇa in expln of pāguññatā at Dhs.48 & Dhs.49 (trsl. fitness competence).
pahāra →
pts
- a blow, stroke, hit DN.i.144 (daṇḍa˚); MN.i.123, MN.i.126; Pv.iv.16#7 (sālittaka˚); MN.i.123; Dhp-a.iii.48 (˚dāna-sikkhāpada the precepts concerning those guilty of giving blows cp. Vin.iv.146) P …
pahūta →
pts
adjective sufficient, abundant, much, considerable Snp.428, Snp.862 sq. Pv.i.5#2 (= anappaka, bahu, yāvadattha C.; Dhp at Pv-a.25 gives bahuka as inferior variant); Pv.i.11#7 (= a …
pajjota →
pts
light, lustre, splendour, a lamp SN.i.15, SN.i.47; AN.ii.140; Snp.349; Pp.25 Sdhp.590
■ telapajjota an oil lamp Vin.i.16 = DN.i.85; AN.i.56 ≈ Snp.p.15
■ dhammapajjota the lamp of the Dhamma Mil.21 …
pajānāti →
pts
to know, find out, come to know, understand, distinguish DN.i.45 (yathābhūtaṃ really truly), DN.i.79 (ceto paricca), DN.i.162, DN.i.249; Snp.626, Snp.726 sq., Snp.987; Iti.12 (ceto paricca); Dhp.402; …
pakata →
pts
done, made; as -˚ by nature (cp. pakati) Snp.286; Ja.iv.38; Pv.i.6#8; Pv.ii.3#16; Pv.iii.10#5 (pāpaṃ samācaritaṃ Pv-a.214); Mil.218; Dhp-a.ii.11 (pāpaṃ) Pv-a.31, Pv-a.35, Pv-a.103 (ṭ), Pv-a.124 …
pakka →
pts
adjective
- ripe (opp. āma raw, as Vedic; and apakka) and also “cooked, boiled, baked” SN.i.97 (opp. āmaka); SN.iv.324 (˚bhikkhā); Snp.576; Ja.v.286
■ nt. pakkaṃ that which is ripe, i.e. a fr …
pakkha →
pts
Pakkha1
- side of the body, flank wing, feathers (cp. pakkhin), in compounds -biḷāla a flying fox (sort of bat) Bdhgh on ulūka-camma at Vin.i.186 (MV. Vin.v.2, 4; cp. Vin. Texts ii.1 …
pali →
pts
Pali˚
round, around (= pari) only as prefix in cpds (q.v.). Often we find both pari˚ & pali˚ in the same word.
a variant of pari˚, to be referred to the Māgadhī dialect in which it is found most fre …
paliguṇṭhita →
pts
entangled, covered enveloped Snp.131 (mohena; variant reading BB ˚kuṇṭhita) Ja.ii.150 = Dhp-a.i.144 (variant reading ˚kuṇṭh˚); Dhp-a.iv.56; Mil ii. Explained by *pariyonaddha …
palikuṇṭhita →
pts
covered, enveloped, smeared with Ja.ii.92 (lohita˚).
a var. of paliguṇṭhita, q.v. & cp. Geiger,
Pali Grammar
§ 39#1
pallati →
pts
(pallate), is guarded or kept, contracted (poetical) form of pālayate (so Cy.) Ja.v.242.
palāyati →
pts
to run (away) Vin.iii.145 (ubbijjati uttasati p.); AN.ii.33 (yena vā tena vā palayanti); Snp.120; Ja.ii.10; Dhp-a.i.193; Pv-a.253 Pv-a.284 (= dhāvati)
ppr palāyanto SN.i.209 = Thig.248 = Pv.ii. …
pamilāta →
pts
faded, withered, languished Mil.303.
pp. of pa + mlā
pamokkha →
pts
- discharging, launching, letting loose, gushing out; in phrases itivāda˚ pouring out gossip MN.i.133; SN.v.73; AN.ii.26; DN-a.i.21; and caravāda˚ id. SN.iii.12; SN.v.419.
- release deliverance SN. …
pantha →
pts
…-gū a traveller (lit. going by road) SN.i.212 (variant reading addhagū, as at id. p. Thig.55); Ja.iii.95 (variant…
papaṭikā →
pts
- a splinter piece, fragment, chip Vin.ii.193 (read tato pap.˚) AN.iv.70 sq. (of ayophāla); Ja.v.333 (same as Vin passage); Mil.179.
- the outer dry bark or crust of a tree, falling off in shreads; …
para →
pts
adverb adjective
- (adv. & prep.) beyond, on the further side of (with abl. or loc.), over Pv-a.168 (para Gangāya, variant reading ˚āyaṃ). See in same meaning & application paraṃ, paro and parā & c …
parama →
pts
…paramatthena Mil.71 (vedagū), Mil.268 (sattûpaladdhi). -gati the highest or best course of life or future exsitence…
pari FIXME double →
pts
Pārivāsika = pari˚
(a probationer), Vin.i.136; Vin.ii.31 sq., where distinguished from a pakatatta bhikkhu, a regular, ordained bh. to whom a pārivāsika is inferior in rank.
pari →
pts
…˚osāna complete end, ˚gūhati to hide well, ˚toseti satisfy very much ˚pūreti fulfil, ˚bhutta thoroughly enjoyed, ˚yañña supreme…
paribhoga →
pts
- material for enjoyment, food, feeding Ja.i.243; Ja.ii.432; Mil.156, Mil.403; Dhp-a.ii.66; Snp-a.342.
- enjoyment, use Vin.iv.267; SN.i.90 Mnd.262; Vism.33 (with pariyesana & paṭiggahana) Dhp-a. …
paricāra →
pts
fr. serving, attendance; (m.) servant, attendant Thag.632 (C. on this stanza for paddhagū).
paricāreti
parigūhanā →
pts
hiding, concealment, deception Pp.19, Pp.23.
fr. patigūhati
parigūhati →
pts
to hide, conceal AN.i.149; AN.iv.10, AN.iv.31; Pv.iii.4#3 (= paṭicchādeti Pv-a.194).
pari + gūhati
pariharaṇā →
pts
- keeping up, preserving, care, attention, pleasure Pv-a.219 (with variant reading ˚caraṇā for paricārikā Pv.iv.1#2).
- keeping secret, guarding hiding, deceiving Vb.358 = Pp.23.
= pariharaṇa
pariharitabbatta →
pts
necessity of guarding Vism.98.
abstr. fr. grd. of pariharati
parihāraka →
pts
adjective noun surrounding, encircling; a guard AN.ii.180.
fr. pari + hṛ.
parijegucchā →
pts
intense dislike of, disgust with (-˚) DN.i.25, cp. DN-a.i.115.
pari + jegucchā
parikilamati →
pts
to get tired out, fatigued or exhausted Ja.v.417, Ja.v.421
pp parikilanta (q.v.).
pari + kilamati
parikissati →
pts
to be dragged about or worried, to be harassed, to get into trouble SN.i.39 (trsl. “plagues itself”); AN.ii.177 AN.iv.186; Snp.820 (variant reading Nd i.˚kilissati; explained at Mnd.154 as kissati par …
parimaṇḍala →
pts
adjective
- round, circular Ja.i.441; Ja.ii.406 (āvāṭa); Ja.vi.42; Pv.iv.3#28 (guḷa˚); Dhs.617 (explained at Dhs-a.317 as “egg-shaped,” kukkuṭ-aṇḍasaṇṭhāna)
■ nt. as adv. in phrase *-ṃ nivā …
parinibbāna →
pts
“complete Nibbāna” in two meanings:
- complete extinction of khandhalife; i.e. all possibility of such life & its rebirth, final release from (the misery of) rebirth and transmigration death (after …
parinibbāpeti →
pts
to bring to complete coolness, or training (see next), emancipation or cessation of the life-impulse, to make calm, lead to Nibbāna to exercise self-control, to extinguish fever of craving or fire o …
paripothita →
pts
beaten, whipped Mil.188 (laguḷehi).
pp. of paripotheti
paripāleti →
pts
to watch, guard (carefully) Pv-a.130 (= rakkhati)
pp paripālita (q.v.)
pass -pāliyati Ne.105 (= rakkhitaṃ).
pari + pāleti
paripālita →
pts
guarded Vism.74.
pp. of paripāleti
parirakkhati →
pts
to guard, protect; preserve, maintain Snp.678 (pot. ˚rakkhe) Mil.410; Sdhp.413, Sdhp.553 (sīlaṃ).
pari + rakṣ, cp. abhirakkhati
parirakkhaṇa →
pts
guarding, preserving, keeping Mil.356, Mil.402; Pv-a.130.
fr. pari + rakṣ
parirañjita →
pts
dyed, coloured; fig. marked or distinguished by (instr.) Mil.75.
pari + rañjita
parissama →
pts
fatigue, toil, exhaustion, Vv-a.289, Vv-a.305 (addhāna˚ from journeying); Pv-a.3, Pv-a.43, Pv-a.113 Pv-a.127.
fr. pari + śram
parissanta →
pts
tired, fatigued, exhausted Pv.ii.9#36; Vv-a.305; Sdhp.9, Sdhp.101.
pp. of parissamati
parisā →
pts
surrounding people, group collection, company, assembly, association, multitude Var. typical sets of assemblies are found in the Canon viz, eight assemblies (khattiya˚, brāhmaṇa˚, gahapati˚ samaṇa˚, …
paritta →
pts
Paritta1
adjective small, little, inferior, insignificant limited, of no account, trifling Vin.i.270; DN.i.45; MN.iii.148 (˚ābha of limited splendour, opp. appamāṇ’ ābha); SN.ii.98; SN.iv. …
parittāyaka →
pts
adjective safeguarding against, sheltering against, keeping away from Vism.376 (angāra-vassaṃ p. thero).
fr. pari + tāyati
parittāṇa →
pts
protection, shelter, refuge, safeguard, safety DN.i.9 (sara from an arrow, i.e. a shield); DN.iii.189; Ja.vi.455; Pv-a.284; Sdhp.396.
- -kitikā a protecting arrangement Vin.ii.152, cp. *Vin Texts …
parivāra →
pts
- surrounding, suite, retinue, followers, entourage, pomp Ja.i.151; Ja.iv.38; Ja.vi.75; Pv-a.21, Pv-a.30 (˚cāga-cetana, read pariccāga-cetana?); usually as adj.-˚ surrounded by, in company of …
pariya →
pts
encompassing, fathoming, comprehending (as ger.); penetration, understanding (as n.) Only in phrase ceto-pariya-ñāṇa knowledge encompassing heart or mind (cp. phrase cetasā ceto paricca DN.ii.82 s …
pariyanta →
pts
- limit, end, climax, border SN.i.80 (manāpa˚ “limit-point in enjoyment”; cp. C. nipphattikaṃ koṭikaṃ K.S. 320) Ja.i.149 (hattha-pāda˚ hoofs), Ja.i.221 (udaka˚), Ja.i.223 (sara˚), Ja.ii.200 (anga …
pariyatti →
pts
- adequacy, accomplishment, sufficiency capability, competency; indriya-paro˚; efficiency in the (knowledge of) thoughts of others SN.v.205; Ne.101 Three accomplishments are distinguished at DN-a …
pariyesanā →
pts
-na (nt.) search, quest, inquiry
- (-nā) DN.ii.58, DN.ii.61, DN.ii.280 (twofold, viz. sevitabbā and asevitabbā); DN.iii.289; MN.i.161 (twofold, viz ariyā & anariyā); AN.ii.247 (id.); SN.i.143; …
pariyāhata →
pts
struck out, affected with (-˚), only in phrase takka˚; “beaten out by argumentations” DN.i.16 (cp. DN-a.i.106); MN.i.520.
pari + āhata
pariyāya →
pts
lit. “going round” analysed by Bdhgh in 3 diff. meanings, viz. vāra (turn, course) desanā (instruction, presentation), and kāraṇa (cause reaso …
pariññā →
pts
Pariññā1
feminine accurate or exact knowledge, comprehension full understanding MN.i.66, MN.i.84; SN.iii.26 (yo rāgakkhayo dosā˚ moha˚ ayaṃ vuccati p.), SN.iii.159 sq., SN.iii.191; SN.iv.1 …
pariṇāyaka →
pts
leader, guide, adviser; one of the 7 treasures (ratanāni) of a great king or Cakkavattin (according to Bdhgh on DN.ii.177 the eldest son; in the Lal. Vist. a general cp. Divy.211 Divy.217; Senart, *Lé …
parovara →
pts
adjective noun high & low, far & near; pl. in sense of “all kinds” (cp. uccâvaca). The word is found only in the Sutta Nipāta, viz. Snp.353 (variant reading BB varāvaraṃ, varovaraṃ; explained as “loku …
parāmāsa →
pts
touching contact, being attached to, hanging on, being under the influence of, contagion (Dhs. trsl. 316). In Asl.49, Bdhgh analyses as parato āmasantīti parāmāsā: p. means “they handle dhamma’s *as …
pasāda →
pts
- clearness, brightness, purity; referring to the colours (“visibility”) of the eye Ja.i.319 (akkhīni maṇiguḷa-sadisāni paññāyamāna pañca-ppasādāni ahesuṃ); Snp-a.453 (pasanna-netto i.e. pañca-v …
patodaka →
pts
adjective noun lit. pushing, spurring; only in phrase aṅguli˚; nudging with one’s fingers Vin.iii.84 = Vin.iv.110 (here to be taken as “tickling”); DN.i.91 (cp Dial. DN.i.113); AN.iv.343.
fr. pa + tud
pavara →
pts
adjective most excellent, noble, distinguished SN.iii.264; Snp.83, Snp.646, Snp.698 (muni˚); Dhp.422 Pp.69; Mil.246; Pv-a.2 (˚dhamma-cakka), Pv-a.67 (id.), Pv-a.39 (˚buddh’āsana); Sdhp.421.
pa + vara
pavatteti →
pts
transitive
- to send forth, set going Vin.i.87 (assūni); SN.ii.282 (id.) Ja.i.147 (selagulaṃ pavaṭṭ˚); esp. in phrase dhammacakkaṃ p. to inaugurate the reign of righteousness Vin.i.8, Vin.i.11; MN …
pavattita →
pts
set going, inaugurated, established Vin.i.11 (dhammacakka); MN.iii.29, MN.iii.77; SN.i.191; Snp.556, Snp.557 (dhammacakka); Pv-a.67 (id.), Pv-a.140 (sangīti); Snp-a.454.
pp. of pavatteti
paveṇi →
pts
- a braid of hair, i.e. the hair twisted & unadorned AN.iii.56
- a mat, cover DN.i.7 ≈ (see *ajina*˚).
- custom, usage, wont, tradition Ja.i.89 Ja.ii.353; Ja.v.285; Ja.vi.380 (kula …
pavādiya →
pts
adjective belonging to a disputation, disputing, arguing, talking Snp.885 (n. pl ˚āse, taken by Mnd.293 as pavadanti, by Snp-a.555 as vādino).
fr. pavāda, cp. pavādaka
pavāraṇā →
pts
- the Pavāraṇā, a ceremony at the termination of the Vassa Vin.i.155, Vin.i.160 (where 2 kinds cātuddasikā & pannarasikā); Vin.ii.32. Vin.ii.167; DN.ii.220; SN.i.190. pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti to fix or de …
payatta →
pts
making effort, taking care, being on one’s guard, careful Mil.373.
pp. of pa + yat
pañca →
pts
adjective noun masculine
Cases:
■ gen. dat. pañcannaṃ,
■ instr. abl pañcahi,
■ loc. pañcasu;
■ often used in compositional form pañca˚ (cp. Ved. pañcāra with 5 spokes RV i.16413; G …
pañcaka →
pts
adjective fivefold, consisting of five Ja.i.116 (˚kammaṭṭhāna); Dhs. chapters 167–175 (˚naya fivefold system of jhāna, cp. Dhs. translation 52); Snp-a.318 (˚nipāta of Anguttara)
■ nt. pañcakaṃ …
paṃsu →
pts
dust, dirt, soil SN.v.459; AN.i.253; Pv.ii.3#7
■ paṃsvāgārakā playmates SN.iii.190; saha paṃsukīḷitā id. (lit. playing together with mud, making mud pies) AN.ii.186; Ja.i.364; Pv-a.30. Cp. BSk sa …
paṅgu →
pts
adjective lame, crippled, see pakkha3 and next.
Sk. pangu; etym.?
paṅgula →
pts
adjective lame Ja.vi.12; Vism.280.
fr. pangu
paṭhavī →
pts
the earth. Acc to Cnd.389 syn. with jagati. It figures as the first element in enumn of the 4 elements (see dhātu 1), viz p., āpo, tejo, vāyo (earth, water, fire, wind or …
paṭicarati →
pts
- to wander about, to deal with Mil.94.
- to go about or evade (a question), to obscure a matter of discussion, in phrase aññena aññaṃ p. “to be saved by another in another way,” or to from one (t …
paṭicchādeti →
pts
…(kesehi), Pv-a.194 (= parigūhati). 2. to clothe oneself Vin.i.46. 3. to dress (surgically), to treat (a wound) MN.i.220. 4. to conceal or evade…
paṭigacchati →
pts
to give up, leave behind Ja.iv.482 (gehaṃ); cp. paccagū.
paṭiguhati →
pts
Paṭiguhati (˚gūhati)
to concert, keep back Cp.i.9#18.
paṭi + gūhati
paṭigīta →
pts
song in response, counter song Ja.iv.393. Patiguhati (guhati)
paṭi + gīta
paṭigūhati →
pts
Paṭiguhati (˚gūhati)
to concert, keep back Cp.i.9#18.
paṭi + gūhati
paṭikata →
pts
“done against,” i.e. provided or guarded against Ja.iv.166.
pp. of paṭikaroti
paṭikūlatā →
pts
disgustiveness Vism.343 sq.
fr. paṭikkūla
paṭimanteti →
pts
to discuss in argument, to reply to, answer, refute; as pati˚; at Vin.ii.1; DN.i.93 (vacane), DN.i.94; Dhp.i.263; Ja.vi.82, Ja.vi.294.
paṭi + manteti
paṭimā →
pts
counterpart, image, figure Ja.vi.125; Dāvs v.27; Vv-a.168 (= bimba); Dhs-a.334 - appaṭima (adj.) without a counterpart, matchless incomparable Thag.614; Mil.239.
fr. paṭi + …
paṭipajjati →
pts
to enter upon (a path), to go along, follow out (a way or plan) to go by; fig. to take a line of action, to follow a method to be intent on, to regulate one’s life DN.i.70 (saṃvarāya), DN.i.175 (tatha …
paṭirūpaka →
pts
adjective (-˚) like, resembling, disguised as, in the appearance of, having the form of SN.i.230; Dhp-a.i.29 (putta˚); Pv-a.15 (samaṇa˚). As pati˚ at Snp-a.302, Snp-a.348, Snp-a.390
■ nt. an o …
paṭisanthata →
pts
kindly received (covered, concealed? C.) Ja.vi.23 (= paṭicchāditaṃ guttaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ vā C.).
pp. of paṭisantharati
paṭisaṃyujati →
pts
to connect with, fig. to start, begin (vādaṃ a discussion or argument) SN.i.221 (bālena paṭisaṃyuje = paṭipphareyya C.; “engage himself to bandy with a fool” K.S. 284); Snp.843 (vādaṃ p. paṭippharey …
paṭisena →
pts
repulsion, opposition, enmity, retaliation; only in compound with kṛ; as -senikaroti to make opposition, to oppose, retaliate Snp.932, cp. Mnd.397; -senikattar (n ag.), one who repulses, fight …
paṭiyādeti →
pts
to prepare, arrange, give, dedicate Snp-a.447
pp paṭiyādita (q.v.)
causII. paṭiyādāpeti to cause to be presented or got ready, to assign, advise, give over Vin.i.249 (yā …
paṭṭha →
pts
…of paṭṭhagū Snp.1095; here it clearly means “being near, attending on, a pupil or follower of”). See also…
paṭṭoli →
pts
in yāna˚ at Vism.328 is doubtful. It might be read as yāna-kaḷopi (on account of combination with kumbhimukha), or (preferably) as putoḷi (with variant reading BB), which is a regular variant for mut …
peyya →
pts
Peyya1
to be drunk, drinkable, only in compound or neg. apeyya undrinkable AN.iii.188; Ja.iv.205 Ja.iv.213 (apo apeyyo). maṇḍa˚; to be drunk like cream, i.e. of the b …
phaggu →
pts
special period of fasting MN.i.39; DN-a.i.139. See also pheggu.
in forṃ = Vedic phalgu (small, feeble), but in meaning different
phagguṇa →
pts
Phagguṇī (f.) Name of a month (Feb. 15th–March 15th), marking the beginning of Spring; always with ref. to the spring full moon, as phagguṇa-puṇṇamā at Vism.418; phagguṇi˚ J …
pheggu →
pts
accessory wood, wood surrounding the pith of a tree, always with ref. to trees (freq. in similes), in sequence; mūla sāra, pheggu, taca, papaṭikā etc. It is represented as next to the pith, but infe …
phegguka →
pts
(-˚) adjective having worthless wood, weak, inferior MN.i.488 (apagata˚, where ˚ka belongs to the whole cpd.); Ja.iii.318 (a˚ + sāramaya).
fr. pheggu
pheggutā →
pts
state of dry wood; lack of substance, worthlessness Pp-a.229.
abstr. fr. pheggu
phāla →
pts
Phāla1
masculine & neuter ploughshare SN.i.169; Snp.p.13 & Snp.v.77 (explained as “phāletī ti ph.” Snp-a.147) Ja.i.94; Ja.iv.118; Ja.v.104; Ud.69 (as m.); Dhp-a.i.395.
cp. Vedic phāla
…
phāsu →
pts
adjective pleasant, comfortable; only neg. a˚; in phrase aphāsu-karoti to cause discomfort to (dat.) Vin.iv.290; and in compounds -kāma anxious for comfort, desirous of (others) welfare DN.iii …
pidalaka →
pts
small stick skewer Vin.ii.116, cp. Bdhgh on p. 317: “daṇḍakathina-ppamāṇena kaṭasārakassa pariyante paṭisaṃharitvā duguṇa-karaṇa.” See also Vin Texts iii.94.
etym.? Kern,
Toevoegselen
s. v. s …
pipphalī →
pts
long pepper SN.v.79; Ja.iii.85; Vv.43#6; Dhp-a.i.258 (˚guhā npl.); Dhp-a.iv.155.
with aspirate ph for p, as in Sk. pippalī, see Geiger, P.Gr. § 62. See also pippala. Etym. loan words are Gr. πέπε …
pitar →
pts
father
■ Cases: sg. nom. pitā SN.i.182; Dhp.43; Ja.v.379; Snp-a.423; acc. pitaraṃ Dhp.294; pituṃ Cp.ii.9#3; instr. pitarā Ja.iii.37, pitunā, petyā Ja.v.214; dat. gen. pitu MN.iii.176; …
pitta →
pts
- the bile, gall; the bile also as seat of the bilious temperament, excitement or anger. Two kinds are distinguished at Kp-a.60 Vism.260, viz. baddha˚ & abaddha˚;, bile as organ bile as fluid. See …
piyaṅgu →
pts
- panic seed, Panicum Italicum Vv.53#7; Ja.i.39; Pv-a.283. Mixed with water and made into a kind of gruel (piyangûdaka) it is used as an emetic Ja.i.419. See also kaṅgu.
- a medi …
piḷhaka →
pts
…by “kaṃsalak’ ādi gūthapāṇakā,” which would mean “a low insect breeding in excrements (thus perhaps = paṭanga?). The trsl….
piṅgulā →
pts
species of bird Ja.vi.538.
a var. of Sk. piṅgalā, a kind of owl
piṇḍa →
pts
- a lump, ball, thick (& round mass SN.i.206 (aṭṭhīyaka˚); Pv.iii.5#5 (nonīta˚); Vv-a.62 (kummāsa˚), Vv-a.65; Sdhp.529 (ayo˚).
- a lump of food esp. of alms, alms given as food SN.i.76; Snp.217, S …
piṭaka →
pts
- basket Vin.i.225 (ghaṭa p. ucchanga), Vin.i.240 (catudoṇika p.); Pv.iv.3#33; Vism.28 (piṭake nikkhitta-loṇa-maccha-phāla-sadisaṃ phaṇaṃ); dhañña˚ a grain-basket Dhp-a.iii.370; vīhi˚; a ri …
pokkhara →
pts
- a lotus plant, primarily the leaf of it, figuring in poetry and metaphor as not being able to be wetted by water Snp.392, Snp.812 (vuccati paduma-pattaṃ Mnd.135); Dhp.336; Iti.84.
- the skin of a …
pothana →
pts
Poṭhana & Pothana
(nt.)
- striking, beating Ja.ii.169 (tajjana˚); Ja.v.72 (udaka˚); Ja.vi.41 (kappāsa˚dhanuka). At all Ja passages th.
- (th) snapping one’s fingers Ja.i.394 (anguli˚, + celukkh …
potheti →
pts
Poṭheti & Potheti
- to beat, strike Snp.682 (bhujāni = appoṭheti Snp-a.485); Ja.i.188, Ja.i.483 (th), Ja.ii.394; Ja.vi.548 (= ākoṭeti); Dhp-a.i.48; Dhp-a.ii.27 (th), Dhp-a.ii.67 (th); Vv-a.68 (t …
potthaka →
pts
Potthaka1
- a book Ja.i.2 (aya˚ ledger); Ja.iii.235, Ja.iii.292; Ja.iv.299, Ja.iv.487; Vv-a.117.
- anything made or modelled in clay (or wood etc.), in rūpa˚ a modelled figure Ja.vi.34 …
poṭha →
pts
is aṅguli˚, snapping of one’s fingers (as sign of applause) Ja.v.67. Cp poṭhana & phoṭeti.
fr. puth, cp. poṭhana & poṭheti
poṭhana →
pts
Poṭhana & Pothana
(nt.)
- striking, beating Ja.ii.169 (tajjana˚); Ja.v.72 (udaka˚); Ja.vi.41 (kappāsa˚dhanuka). At all Ja passages th.
- (th) snapping one’s fingers Ja.i.394 (anguli˚, + celukkh …
poṭheti →
pts
Poṭheti & Potheti
- to beat, strike Snp.682 (bhujāni = appoṭheti Snp-a.485); Ja.i.188, Ja.i.483 (th), Ja.ii.394; Ja.vi.548 (= ākoṭeti); Dhp-a.i.48; Dhp-a.ii.27 (th), Dhp-a.ii.67 (th); Vv-a.68 (t …
pubba →
pts
Pubba1
pus, matter, corruption MN.i.57; MN.iii.90; SN.i.150; SN.ii.157; AN.i.34; Ja.ii.18; Mil.382; Pv-a.80
■ In detail discussed (as one of the 32 ākāras) at Vism.261, Vism.360; Kp- …
pubbaka →
pts
adjective
- former, ancient, living in former times DN.i.104 (isayo), DN.i.238 (id.); Snp.284 (id.) SN.ii.105; SN.iv.307 (ācariya-pācariyā); Thag.947.
- (-˚; cp. pubba2 1) having forme …
puggala →
pts
…kodhagaru˚ AN.ii.46; gūtha˚, puppha˚ madhubhāṇī˚ AN.i.128; dakkhiṇeyya˚ Vv-a.5; diṭṭhisampanna AN.i.26 sq.; AN.iii.439 sq.;…
puna →
pts
indeclinable again. There are several forms of this adv., but puna has to be considered as the orig. Pali form. The form puno is doubtful; if authentic, a Sanskritisation; only fou …
pure →
pts
indeclinable before (both local & temporal), thus either “before, in front” or “before, formerly, earlier.” In both meanings the opp. is pacchā -
- local SN.i.176 (pure hoti t …
purisa →
pts
man (as representative of the male sex, contrasted to itthi woman, e.g. at AN.iii.209; AN.iv.197; Ja.i.90; Ja.v.72; Pv-a.51). Definitions of the C. are “puriso nāma manussa-puriso …
puthu →
pts
adjective
- (= pṛthak) separated, individual adv. separated, individual, adv. separately, each (see [given as puthag eva Kacc. 29](/define/given as puthag eva Kacc. 29)) SN.i.75 (puthu attā individu …
putta →
pts
- a son SN.i.210; Snp.35, Snp.38, Snp.60, Snp.557, Snp.858; Dhp.62, Dhp.84 Dhp.228, Dhp.345; Ja.iv.309; Vism.645 (simile of 3 sons); Pv-a.25, Pv-a.63, Pv-a.73 sq.; DN-a.i.157 (dāsaka˚). Four kind …
puñja →
pts
…AN.iv.72; Ja.ii.327; gūtha˚ Ja.ii.211; tiṇa˚ AN.iii.408; palāla˚ DN.i.71; MN.iii.3; AN.i.241; AN.ii.210 maṃsa˚ DN.i.52;…
puṇṇa →
pts
full seldom by itself (only passage so far pannarase puṇṇāya puṇṇamāya rattiyā DN.i.47 = Snp.p.139). nor-(only Snp.835 muttakarīsa˚), usually in compounds, and there mostly restricted to phrases rela …
puṭa →
pts
orig. meaning “tube,” container, hollow pocket.
- a container, usually made of leaves (cp Ja.iv.436; Ja.v.441; Ja.vi.236), to carry fruit or other viands a pocket, basket: ucchu˚; basket for sugar …
pācana →
pts
Pācana1
neuter bringing to boil, cooking Ja.i.318 (yāgu˚). Cp. pari˚.
fr. pac, Caus. pāceti
Pācana2
neuter a goad, stick SN.i.172; Snp.p.13; Snp.v.77; Ja.iii.281; Ja.iv.310 …
pāda →
pts
- the foot, usually pl. pādā both feet, e.g. Vin.i.9, Vin.i.34, Vin.i.188; Iti.111; Snp.309, Snp.547, Snp.768, Snp.835, Snp.1028; Ja.ii.114; Ja.iv.137; Dhp-a.iii.196; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.10, Pv-a.40, …
pāgusa →
pts
certain kind of fish Ja.iv.70 (as gloss, T. reads pāvusa, SS puṭusa, BB pātusa & pāvuma; C. explains as mahā-mukha-maccha).
cp. Sk. vāgusa, a sort of large fish Halāyudha 3, 37
pāguññatā →
pts
being familiar with, experience Dhs.48, Dhs.49; Vism.463 sq. Vism.466.
abstr. of pāguñña, which is der. fr. paguna
pāhuna →
pts
- (m.) a guest AN.iii.260; Ja.vi.24, Ja.vi.516.
- (nt.) meal for a guest DN.i.97 = MN.ii.154; Vism.220; DN-a.i.267.
fr. pa + ā + hu, see also āhuna & der.
pāhunaka →
pts
- (m.) a guest Ja.i.197; Ja.iv.274; Mil.107; DN-a.i.267, DN-a.i.288; Dhp-a.ii.17.
- (nt.) meal for a guest SN.i.114.
fr. pāhuna
pāhuṇeyya →
pts
adjective worthy of hospitality, deserving to be a guest DN.iii.5; SN.i.220 SN.ii.70; AN.ii.56; AN.iii.36, AN.iii.134, AN.iii.248, AN.iii.387; AN.iv.13 sq.; AN.v.67 AN.v.198; Iti.88; Vism.220.
fr. pā …
pākāsiya →
pts
adjective evident, manifest, open, clear Ja.vi.230 (opp. guyha; C. pākāsika).
fr. pa + ā + kāś, cp. pakāsati & Class. Sk. prākāśya
pāla →
pts
(-˚) a guard, keeper, guardian, protector SN.i.185 (vihāra˚); Ja.v.222 (dhamma˚); Vv-a.288 (ārāma˚); Sdhp.285. See also go˚, loka˚.
fr. pā, see pāleti
pālaka →
pts
(-˚) a guardian, herdsman MN.i.79; SN.iii.154; AN.iv.127; Ja.iii.444.
fr. pā
pālanā →
pts
guarding, keeping Ja.i.158; Dhs.19, Dhs.82,295. Pali (Pali)
fr. pāleti cp. Epic Sanskrit pālana nt.
pāleti →
pts
- to protect, guard, watch, keep Snp.585; Ja.i.55; Ja.iv.127; Ja.vi.589; Mil.4 (paṭhavī lokaṃ pāleti, perhaps in meaning “keeps holds, encircles,” similar to meaning 2); Sdhp.33.
- (lit. perhaps “to …
pāli →
pts
Pāli (Pāḷi)
feminine
- a line, row Dāvs iii.61; Dāvs iv.3; Vism.242 (dvattiṃs’ ākāra˚), Vism.251 (danta˚); Snp-a.87.
- a line, norm thus the canon of Buddhist writings; the text of the Pāli Canon …
pāliguṇṭhima →
pts
adjective covered round (of sandals Vin.i.186 (Vin. Texts ii.15: laced boots); variant reading BB ˚gunṭhika.
doubtful, fr pali + guṇṭh, see paliguṇṭhita; hapax legomenon
pāna →
pts
cp. Gr. πίνω to drink, πότος drink; Obulg piti to drink, pivo drink; Lith. penas milk; Lat. potus drink, poculum drinking vessel (= Sk. pātra, P. patta) drink, including water as well as any other liq …
pāra →
pts
…sq.; Dhp-a.ii.160.
- -gū (a) gone beyond, i.e. passed transcended, crossed SN.i.195 = Cnd.136#a (dukkhassa), SN.iv.210…
pārivāsika →
pts
Pārivāsika = pari˚
(a probationer), Vin.i.136; Vin.ii.31 sq., where distinguished from a pakatatta bhikkhu, a regular, ordained bh. to whom a pārivāsika is inferior in rank.
pāsāṇa →
pts
rock, stone AN.i.283; Snp.447; Ja.i.109, Ja.i.199; Ja.v.295; Vism.28, Vism.182, Vism.183; Vb-a.64 (its size as cpd with pabbata); Dhp-a.iii.151; Dhs-a.389; Vv-a.157; Sdhp.328.
- *-[gu …
pāvusa →
pts
- rain, the rainy season (its first 2 months) Thag.597; Ja.v.202 Ja.v.206.
- a sort of fish Ja.iv.70 (gloss pāgusa, q.v.).
pa + vṛṣ, cp. Vedic prāvṛṣa & pravarṣa
pāyeti →
pts
- to give to drink, to make drink DN.ii.19; Snp.398 (Pot. pāyaye); Mil.43 Mil.229; Dhp-a.i.87 (amataṃ); Vv-a.75 (yāguṃ); Pv-a.63 aor. apāyesi SN.i.143; ger. pāyetvā Ja.i.202 …
pāḷi →
pts
Pāli (Pāḷi)
feminine
- a line, row Dāvs iii.61; Dāvs iv.3; Vism.242 (dvattiṃs’ ākāra˚), Vism.251 (danta˚); Snp-a.87.
- a line, norm thus the canon of Buddhist writings; the text of the Pāli Canon …
pāṭirūpika →
pts
adjective assuming a disguise, deceitful, false Snp.246.
fr. paṭirūpa, cp. paṭirūpaka
pīlikoḷikā →
pts
…Thig.395 (= akkhigūthaka Thag-a.259, q.v. for fuller expln; see also J.P.T.S. 1884, 88).
reading not quite sure, cp….
pīḷeti →
pts
- to press, press down Vin.ii.225 (coḷakaṃ).
- to weigh down heavily Ja.i.25 (ppr. pīḷiyamāna), Ja.i.138.
- to press, clench Mil.418 (muṭṭhiṃ pīḷayati); Dhp-a.iv.69 (anguliyā pīḷiyamānāya).
- to …
pūga →
pts
Pūga1
neuter heap, quantity; either as n. with gen or as adj. = many, a lot Snp.1073 (pūgaṃ vassānaṃ bahūni vassāni Cnd.452); Pv.iv.7#9 (pūgāni vassāni) Vb-a.2 (khandhaṭṭha, piṇḍ˚, pūg˚). …
r →
pts
-R-
the letter (or sound) r, used as euphonic consonant to avoid hiatus. The sandhi-r-originates from the final r of nouns in ˚ir & ˚ur of the Vedic period. In Pali it is felt as euphonic conso …
rahassaka →
pts
adjective secret Mil.91 (guyhaṃ na kātabbaṃ na rahassakaṃ).
fr. rahassa
rajanīya →
pts
adjective of the nature of rajas, i.e. leading to lust, apt to rouse excitement, enticing lustful.
- As epithet of rūpa (vedanā saññā etc.) SN.iii.79; also at DN.i.152 sq. (dibbāni …
rajati →
pts
usually intrs. rajjati (q.v.). As rajitabba (grd.) in meaning “to be bleached” (dhovitabba +) only in meaning “bleach” (as compared with *[dhovati](/define …
rakkha →
pts
adjective (-˚) guarding or to be guarded
- act.: dhamma˚; guardian of righteousness or truth Mil.344
- pass.: in cpd. dū˚; variant reading du
hard to guard Dhp-a.i.295. ˚kathā, s. l. rukkh …
rakkhaka →
pts
adjective noun
- guarding, protecting, watching, taking care Pv-a.7; f. -ikā (dāsī) Dhp-a.iv.103 (a servant watching the house).
- observing, keeping Ja.i.205 (sīla˚).
- a cultivator Ja.ii.11 …
rakkhana →
pts
- keeping, protection, guarding Ne.41; Mhvs.35, Mhvs.72 (rahassa˚-atthāya so that he should keep the secret); Pv-a.7.
- observance keeping Vv-a.71 (uposatha-sīla˚); Pv-a.102 (sīla˚), Pv-a.210 …
rakkhati →
pts
- to protect, shelter, save, preserve Snp.220; Ja.iv.255 (maṃ rakkheyyātha); Ja.vi.589 (= pāleti); Pv.ii.9#43 (dhanaṃ); Mil.166 (rukkhaṃ), Mil.280 (attānaṃ rakkheyya save himself); Pv-a.7
grd * …
rakkhita →
pts
guarded, protected, saved SN.iv.112 (rakkhitena kāyena, rakkhitāya vācāya etc.) AN.i.7 (cittaṃ r.); Snp.288 (dhamma˚), Snp.315 (gottā˚) Vv-a.72 (mātu˚, pitu˚ etc.); Pv-a.61, Pv-a.130
■ Note. *r …
rakkhā →
pts
shelter, protection, care AN.ii.73 (+ parittā); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.3; Ja.i.140 (bahūhi rakkhāhi rakkhiyamāna); Pv-a.198 (˚ṃ saṃvidahati) Often in combination rakkhā + āvaraṇa (+ gutti) shelter defe …
rasa →
pts
Rasa1
that which is connected with the sense of taste. The defn given at Vism.447 is as follows “jivhā-paṭihanana-lakkhaṇo raso, jivhā-viññāṇassa visaya-bhāvo raso, tass’ ev …
ratana →
pts
Ratana1
neuter
- (lit.) a gem, jewel Vv-a.321 (not = ratana2, as Hardy in Index) Pv-a.53 (nānāvidhāni)
■ The 7 ratanas are enumerated under veḷuriya (Mil.267). They are …
ratani →
pts
cubit Mil.85 (aṭṭha rataniyo).
Sk. aratni “elbow” with apocope and diaeresis; given at Halāyudha 2, 381 as “a cubit, or measure from the elbow to the tip of the little finger.” The form ratni also oc …
raṇa →
pts
- fight, battle; only in Thig.360 (raṇaṃ karitvā kāmānaṃ): see discussed below; also late at Mhvs.35, Mhvs.69 (Subharājaṃ raṇe hantvā).
- intoxication, desire, sin, fault. This meaning is the Buddhi …
roga →
pts
illness, disease
■ The defn of roga at Ja.ii.437 is “roga rujana-sabhāvattaṃ.” There are many diff enumerations of rogas and sets of standard combinations, of which the foll. may be ment …
rohati →
pts
for the Sk. rohati of ruh to grow we find the regular P. correspondent rūhati: see rūhati1. The Caus. of this verb is ropeti (t …
ropeti →
pts
Ropeti1
- to plant or sow Ja.i.150 (nivāpatiṇaṃ); Mhvs.15, Mhvs.42 (amb’ aṭṭhikaṃ); Mhvs.19, Mhvs.56; Dhp-a.ii.109.
- to put up, fix Ja.i.143 (sūlāni).
- to further, increase, make grow …
ruci →
pts
- splendour, light, brightness Snp.548 (su˚ very splendid; Snp-a.453 = sundara-sarīrappabha).
- inclination, liking, pleasure Pv-a.59 (˚ṃ uppādeti to find pleasure, to be satisfied)
■ *aruci …
rucira →
pts
adjective brilliant, beautiful, pleasant, agreeable Pv.i.10#9 (= ramaṇīya dassanīya Pv-a.51); Ja.i.207; Ja.v.299; Vv.40#2 (so read for rurira) Mhvs.11, Mhvs.11; Mhvs.18, Mhvs.68; Dāvs iv.29; Mil.2, M …
rujanaka →
pts
adjective aching, hurting Dhp-a.iv.69 (anguli).
fr. rujana
rukkha →
pts
tree. In the rukkha-mūlik’ anga (see below) Bdhgh at Vism.74 gives a list of trees which are not to be selected for the practice of “living at the root of a tree.” These are sīmantarika-rukkha, ceti …
rāga →
pts
- colour, hue; colouring, dye Vin.ii.107 (anga˚ “rougeing” the body bhikkhū angarāgaṃ karonti); Thag-a.78; Snp-a.315 (nānāvidha˚).
- (as t. t. in philosophy & ethics) excitement passion; seldom by …
rājan →
pts
Rājā (Rājan)
king, a ruling potentate. The defn at Vin.iii.222 is “yo koci rajjaṃ kāreti.” The fanciful etym. at DN.iii.93 Vism.419 is “dhammena pare rañjetī ti rājā” i.e. he gladdens othe …
rāji →
pts
Rāji1
a streak, line, row Snp.p.107 (nīla-vana˚ = dark line of trees, explained as nīla-vana rukkha-panti Snp-a.451); Vv.64#4 (nabhyo sata-rāji-cittita “coloured with 100 streaks”; V …
rājā →
pts
Rājā (Rājan)
king, a ruling potentate. The defn at Vin.iii.222 is “yo koci rajjaṃ kāreti.” The fanciful etym. at DN.iii.93 Vism.419 is “dhammena pare rañjetī ti rājā” i.e. he gladdens othe …
rāsi →
pts
- heap, quantity, mass Iti.17; usually -˚, e.g. aṅgāra˚ heap of cinders Ja.i.107; kaṇikārapuppha˚ of k. flowers Vv-a.65; kahāpaṇa˚ of money Pv-a.162; tila˚ of seeds Vv-a.54; dhañña˚ of …
rūpa →
pts
form, figure, appearance, principle of form, etc.
- Definitions. According to P. expositors rūpa takes its designation fr. ruppati, e.g. “ruppanato rūpaṃ” Vism.588; “ruppan’ a …
rūpaka →
pts
form, figure; likeness of, image (-˚); representation Vin.ii.113 (rūpak’ okiṇṇāni pattāni of painted bowls); Thig.394 (see *ruppa*˚); Dhp-a.i.370 (maṇi˚ jewelled image); Dhp-a.ii.6 …
rūḷhi →
pts
lit. ascent, growth see *vi*˚
■ fig. what has grown by custom tradition, popular meaning of a word (˚sadda). The fig. meaning is the one usually found in Pāli, esp. in Abhidhamma and …
sacca →
pts
adjective real, true DN.i.182; MN.ii.169; MN.iii.207; Dhp.408; nt. saccaṃ truly, verily, certainly Mil.120; saccaṃ kira is it really true? DN.i.113; Vin.i.45, Vin.i.60; Ja.i.107; saccato truly S …
sagguṇa →
pts
good quality, virtue Sdhp.313.
sat + guṇa
saguḷa →
pts
cake with sugar Ja.vi.524. Cp. saṅguḷikā.
sa3 + guḷa2
saguṇa →
pts
adjective either “with the string,” or “in one”; Vin.i.46 (saguṇaṃ karoti to put together, to fold up; C ekato katvā). This interpretation (as “put together”) is much to be preferred to the one given …
sahassa →
pts
thousand, used as a singular with a noun in the plural, sahassaṃ vācā Dhp.100; satasahassaṃ vassāni Ja.i.29; also in the plural after other numerals cattāri satasahassāni chaḷabhiññā Bv.ii.204 = J …
sakaṭa →
pts
Sakaṭa1
masculine & neuter a cart, waggon; a cartload DN.ii.110; Vin.iii.114; Ja.i.191; Mil.238; Pv-a.102; Vb-a.435 (simile of two carts); Snp-a.58 (udaka-bharita˚), Snp-a.137 (bīja˚) …
sakkhali →
pts
(& -ikā) feminine
- the orifice of the ear: see *kaṇṇa*˚.
- a sort of cake or sweetmeat (cp sanguḷikā) AN.iii.76 (T. sakkhalakā; variant reading ˚likā & sankulikā); Vin.iii.59; …
sakkā →
pts
indeclinable possible (lit. one might be able to); in the older language still used as a Pot., but later reduced to an adv. with infin. E.g. sakkā sāmaaññphalaṃpaññāpetuṃ would one be able to point …
sakkāya →
pts
the body in being, the existing body or group (= -nikāya q.v.); as a t.t. in P. psychology almost equal to individuality; identified with the five khandhas MN.i.299; SN.iii.159; …
sakuṇa →
pts
bird (esp. with ref. to augury) DN.i.71 (pakkhin +); Vin.iii.147; SN.i.197; AN.ii.209 AN.iii.241 sq., AN.iii.368; Ja.ii.111, Ja.ii.162 (Kandagala); Kp-a.241 pantha˚; see under *[pantha](/define/pa …
sama →
pts
Sama1
calmness, tranquillity, mental quiet Snp.896. samaṃ carati to become calm quiescent Ja.iv.172. Cp. -cariyā & ˚cārin.
fr. śam: see sammati1
Sa …
samabhisiñcati →
pts
to inaugurate as a king Mhvs.4, Mhvs.6; v.14.
saṃ + abhisiñcati
samajjhagaṃ →
pts
(B ˚-guṃ) aor. from sam-adhi-gā. (See samadhigacchati.)
samala →
pts
…BSk….
samanantara →
pts
adjective immediate; usually in abl. (as adv.); samanantarā immediately, after, just after DN.ii.156; Vin.i.56; rattibhāga-samanantare at midnight Ja.i.101.
- *-[paccaya](/ …
samappita →
pts
- made over, consigned Dhp.315; Snp.333; Thig.451.
- endowed with (-˚) affected with, possessed of Ja.v.102 (kaṇṭakena); Pv.iv.1#6 (= allīna Pv-a.265); Pv-a.162 (soka-salla˚-hadaya) Vism.303 (s …
sambodhi →
pts
the same as sambodha, the highest enlightenment DN.i.156; DN.ii.155; Dhp.89 = SN.v.29; Snp.478; SN.i.68, SN.i.181; AN.ii.14; Iti.28, Iti.42, Iti.117; Snp-a.73 See also sammā˚. …
sammati →
pts
Sammati1 [śam
Dhtp.436 = upasama]
- to be appeased, calmed; to cease Dhp.5; Pot 3rd pl. sammeyyuṃ SN.i.24
- to rest, to dwell DN.i.92; SN.i.226; Ja.v.396; DN-a.i.262 (= vasa …
sampadā →
pts
- attainment, success accomplishment; happiness, good fortune; blessing bliss AN.i.38; Pv.ii.9#47 (= sampatti Pv-a.132)
■ Sampadā in its pregnant meaning is applied to the accomplishments of th …
samudda →
pts
(large) quantity of water, e.g. the Ganges; the sea the ocean DN.i.222; MN.i.493; AN.i.243; AN.ii.48 sq. AN.iii.240; DN.iii.196, DN.iii.198; SN.i.6, SN.i.32, SN.i.67; Ja.i.230; Ja.iv.167 Ja.iv.172; Dh …
samādhi →
pts
- concentration; a concentrated, self-collected, intent state of mind and meditation which, concomitant with right living, is a necessary condition to the attainment of higher wisdom and emancipatio …
sappi →
pts
clarified butter, ghee DN.i.9, DN.i.141, DN.i.201; AN.i.278; AN.ii.95, AN.ii.207 (˚tela); AN.iii.219; AN.iv.103; Snp.295 (˚tela). Dhs.646; Ja.i.184; Ja.ii.43; Ja.iv.223 (˚tela) Vin.i.58, etc. *-maṇḍa …
sappāya →
pts
adjective likely, beneficial fit, suitable AN.i.120; SN.iii.268; SN.iv.23 sq., SN.iv.133 sq. (Nibbāna˚ paṭipadā); Ja.i.182, Ja.i.195; Ja.ii.436 (kiṃci sappāyaṃ something that did him good, a remedy); …
sara →
pts
Sara1
- the reed Saccharum sara Mil.342.
- an arrow (orig. made of that reed) DN.i.9; Dhp.304; Mil.396; Dhp-a.216 (visa-pīta).
- -tuṇḍa a beak as sharp as an arrow …
saritaka →
pts
powdered stone (pāsāna-cuṇṇa) Vin.ii.116; saritasipāṭika powder mixed with gum Vin.ii.116.
sassara →
pts
imitative of the sound sarasara; chinnasassara giving out a broken or irregular sound of sarasara. MN.i.128 ‣See *> Journal of the Pali Text Society
,* 1889, p. 209.
sata →
pts
Sata1
(num. card.) a hundred, used as nt (collect.), either-˚ or as apposition, viz. gāma-sataṃ a hundred (ship of) villages Dhp-a.i.180; jaṭila-satāni 100 ascetics Vin.i.24; jāti˚ DN. …
satta →
pts
Satta1
hanging, clinging or attached to Vin.i.185; DN.ii.246; Mnd.23, Mnd.24; Dhp.342; Ja.i.376 Cp. āsatta1 & byāsatta.
pp. of sañj: sajjati
Satta2
- (m.) a li …
sattapaṇṇi-rukkha →
pts
Sattapaṇṇi-rukkha
Name of a tree Mhvs.30, Mhvs.47; cp. sattapaṇṇi-guhā Name of a cave Kp-a.95.
sañjānana →
pts
-ā (f.) knowing, perceiving, recognition Mil.61; DN-a.i.211; characteristic, that by which one is distinguished Dhs-a.321. As f. at Dhs.4; Dhs-a.110, Dhs-a.140 (translation Expos. 185: “the a …
saññā →
pts
saññāyo and saññā-e.g. MN.i.108)
- sense, consciousness, perception, being the third khandha Vin.i.13; MN.i.300; SN.iii.3 sq.; Dhs.40 Dhs.58, Dhs.61, Dhs.113; Vb-a.42.
- sense, perception, discer …
saḷāyatana →
pts
the six organs of sense and the six objects-viz., eye ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind; forms, sounds, odouis tastes, tangible things, ideas; occupying the fourth place in the Paṭiccasamuppāda DN.ii …
saṃrakkhati →
pts
to guard, ward off Sdhp.364.
saṃ + rakkhati
saṃvuta →
pts
- closed DN.i.81.
- tied up Ja.iv.361.
- restrained, governed, (self-)controlled guarded DN.i.250; DN.iii.48, DN.iii.97; SN.ii.231; SN.iv.351 sq.; AN.i.7 (cittaṃ); AN.ii.25; AN.iii.387; Iti.96, It …
saṅghaṭṭana →
pts
-ā (f.)
- rubbing or striking together, close contact, impact SN.iv.215 SN.v.212; Ja.vi.65; Vism.112; DN-a.i.256 (anguli˚).
- bracelet (?) Snp-a.96 (on Snp.48).
fr. sanghaṭṭeti
saṅgopeti →
pts
to guard; to keep, preserve; to hold on to (acc.) Ja.iv.351 (dhanaṃ).
saṃ + gopeti
saṅguḷikā →
pts
cake Vin.ii.17; Dhp-a.ii.75; cp sankulikā AN.iii.78.
either = Sk. śaṣkulikā, cp, sakkhali 2, or fr. saguḷa = sanguḷa
saṅkhāra →
pts
one of the most difficult terms in Buddhist metaphysics, in which the blending of the subjective-objective view of the world and of happening peculiar to the East, is so complete, that it is almost i …
saṅkhāta →
pts
agreed on, reckoned; (-˚) so-called, named DN.i.163 (akusala˚ dhammā); DN.iii.65 DN.iii.133 = Vin.iii.46 (theyya˚ what is called theft); DN-a.i.313 (the sambodhi, by which is meant that of the thre …
saṅkuli →
pts
kind of cake Ja.vi.580.
cp. sakkhali 2 & sanguḷikā
saṇḍa →
pts
heap, cluster, multitude; a grove (vana˚ DN.i.87; SN.iii.108; Vin.i.23; Ja.i.134 (vana˚); satta˚ teeming with beings Iti.21
■ Jambu˚; Name of Jambudīpa Snp.352 = Thag.822 (variant reading ˚maṇḍa …
saṇṭhāna →
pts
- configuration, position; composition, nature, shape, form Vin.ii.76; MN.i.120 (spelt ˚nth˚); AN.i.50; AN.iv.190 (C. osakkana); Mil.270 Mil.316, Mil.405; Ja.i.71, Ja.i.291, Ja.i.368; Ja.ii.108; Vism …
sela →
pts
rocky Dhp.8; (m.) rock, stone, crystal SN.i.127; DN.ii.39; AN.iii.346; Dhp.81; Ja.ii.14; Vin.i.4 sq.; Vin.iii.147; Ja.ii.284.
- -guḷa a rocky ball Ja.i.147.
- *-[maya](/define/may …
senā →
pts
an army Vin.i.241; Vin.iv.104 sq. (where described as consisting of hatthī assā, rathā, pattī), Vin.iv.160; SN.i.112; AN.iii.397; AN.v.82; Ja.ii.94; Mil.4; Mnd.95 (Māra˚), Mnd.174 (id.).
- *-[gutta] …
senāsana →
pts
sleeping and sitting, bed & chair, dwelling, lodging Vin.i.196, Vin.i.294, Vin.i.356; Vin.ii.146 Vin.ii.150 (˚parikkhāra-dussa); Vin.iii.88 etc.; DN.ii.77; AN.i.60; Iti.103, Iti.109; DN-a.i.208; Ja. …
seṇi →
pts
- a guild Vin.iv.226; Ja.i.267, Ja.i.314; Ja.iv.43; Dāvs ii.124; their number was eighteen Ja.vi.22, Ja.vi.427; Vb-a.466. --pamukha the head of a guild Ja.ii.12 (text seni-)
- a division of …
seṭṭhi →
pts
foreman of a guild, treasurer, banker, “City man”, wealthy merchant Vin.i.15 sq. Vin.i.271 sq.; Vin.ii.110 sq., Vin.ii.157; SN.i.89; Ja.i.122; Ja.ii.367 etc. Rājagaha˚ the merchant of Rājagaha Vin.ii. …
siggu →
pts
name of a tree (Hyperanthera moringa) Ja.iii.161; Ja.v.406.
cp. Vedic śigru, Name of a tribe; as a tree in Suśruta
sikkhāpada →
pts
set of precepts, “preceptorial,” code of training; instruction, precept, rule
- in general: DN.i.63, DN.i.146, DN.i.250; MN.i.33; AN.i.63, AN.i.235 sq. AN.ii.14, AN.ii.250 sq.; AN.iii.113, AN.iii.26 …
silesa →
pts
junction, embrace; a rhetoric figure, riddle, puzzle, pun Ja.v.445 (silesūpamā said of women = purisānaṃ cittabandhanena silesasadisā, ibid. 447).
fr. śliṣ
silā →
pts
stone, rock Vin.i.28; SN.iv.312 sq.; Vin.445; DN-a.i.154; Ja.v.68; Vism.230 (in comparison) Vb-a.64 (var. kinds); a precious stone, quartz Vin.ii.238; Mil.267, Mil.380; Vv.84#15 (= phalika˚ Vv-a.33 …
sinduvāra →
pts
the tree Vitex negundo DN-a.i.252; Dhs-a.14, Dhs-a.317; also spelt sindhavāra Vv-a.177 sinduvārikā Ja.vi.269; sindhuvāritā (i.e. sinduvārikā? Ja.vi.550 = Ja.vi.553; *[s …
sineha →
pts
Sineha & sneha
Both forms occur without distinction; sneha more frequently (as archaic) in poetry.
-
sineha:
- viscous liquid, unctuous moisture, sap SN …
siniyhati →
pts
(to be moist or sticky, fig.) to feel love, to be attached Vism.317 = Dhs-a.192 (in defn of mettā). Caus. sineheti (sneheti, snehayati) to lubricat …
sipāṭikā →
pts
- pericarp MN.i.306; Vv.84#33; Vv-a.344; hingu˚ a s. yielding gum Vin.i.201. Also written sipātikā; thus ādiṇṇasipātikā with burst pod or fruit skin SN.iv.193.
- a small case receptacle; khura˚ a …
siri →
pts
Sirī (siri)
feminine
- splendour, beauty Snp.686 (instr. siriyā); Ja.vi.318 (siriṃ dhāreti).
- luck, glory majesty, prosperity SN.i.44 (nom. siri); Ja.ii.410 (siriṃ) Ja.ii.466; DN-a.i.148; Vv-a. …
sirā →
pts
bloodvessel, vein Mhvs.37, Mhvs.136; nerve, tendon, gut Ja.v.344, Ja.v.364; --jāla the network of veins Ja.v.69; Pv-a.68.
Sk. sirā
sirī →
pts
Sirī (siri)
feminine
- splendour, beauty Snp.686 (instr. siriyā); Ja.vi.318 (siriṃ dhāreti).
- luck, glory majesty, prosperity SN.i.44 (nom. siri); Ja.ii.410 (siriṃ) Ja.ii.466; DN-a.i.148; Vv-a. …
sittha →
pts
lump of boiled rice Vin.ii.165, Vin.ii.214; Ja.i.189, Ja.i.235; Ja.v.387; Ja.vi.358 (odana˚), Ja.vi.365 (yāgu˚); Pv-a.99; sitthatelaka oil of beeswax Vin.ii.107, Vin.ii.151.
- -āvakārakaṃ (adv.) …
siṅgu →
pts
kind of fish Ja.v.406; plur. singū Ja.vi.537. According to Abhp. singū is m. and Payogasiddhi gives it as nt.
sneha →
pts
Sineha & sneha
Both forms occur without distinction; sneha more frequently (as archaic) in poetry.
-
sineha:
- viscous liquid, unctuous moisture, sap SN …
sobhañjana →
pts
the tree Hyperanthica moringa Ja.v.405; sobhañjanaka the same Ja.iii.161 (= siggurukkha, C.), Ja.vi.535.
su →
pts
Su1
indeclinable a part. of exclamation “shoo!”; usually repeated su su Ja.ii.250; Ja.vi.165 (of the hissing of a snake); Thag-a.110 (scaring somebody away), Thag-a.305 (sound of puffi …
subha →
pts
adjective shining, bright, beautiful DN.i.76 = DN.ii.13 = MN.iii.102; Dhs.250; DN-a.i.221; auspicious, lucky, pleasant Snp.341; Iti.80 good Snp.824, Snp.910; subhato maññati to consider as a good thi …
sugata →
pts
faring well, happy, having a happy life after death (gati): see under gata; cp. Vism.424 (s. sugati-gata). Freq. Epithet of the Buddha (see Dict. of Names).
- *-[aṅgula](/define/a …
sugati →
pts
happiness, bliss, a happy fate (see detail under gati) Vin.ii.162, Vin.ii.195; DN.i.143; DN.ii.141 Pp.60; Iti.24, Iti.77, Iti.112; AN.iii.5, AN.iii.205; AN.v.268; Vism.427 (where def …
sutta →
pts
Sutta1
asleep Vin.iii.117; Vin.v.205; DN.i.70; DN.ii.130; Dhp.47; Iti.41; Ja.v.328
■ (nt.) sleep DN.ii.95; MN.i.448; SN.iv.169. In phrase --pabuddha “awakened from sleep” referring t …
suva →
pts
parrot Ja.i.324; Ja.iv.277 sq.; Ja.vi.421; Ja.vi.431 sq. (the two: Pupphaka & Sattigumba); Dhp-a.i.284 (˚rājā). fem. suvī Ja.vi.421.
cp. Sk. śuka
suvaṇṇa →
pts
of good colour, good, favoured, beautiful DN.i.82; Dhs.223; Iti.99; AN.iv.255; Pp.60; Ja.i.226; suvaṇṇa (nt.) gold SN.iv.325 sq.; Snp.48, Snp.686 Cnd.687 (= jātarūpa); Kp-a.240; Vv-a.104; often toge …
sādheti →
pts
- to accomplish, further, effect Ja.ii.236 (Pot. sādhayemase).
- to make prosperous Pv-a.113, Pv-a.125
- to arrange, prepare Mhvs.7, Mhvs.24.
- to perform execute Ja.i.38 (ārāmika-kiccaṃ); DN- …
sāmā →
pts
medicinal plant Ja.iv.92 (bhisasāmā, C. bhisāni ca sāmākā ca); the Priyangu creeper Ja.i.500; Ja.v.405.
Sk. śyāmā Halāyudha 2, 38; see sāma1, sāmalatā, and sāmāka
sāpateyya →
pts
property, wealth DN.i.142 DN.ii.180; DN.iii.190; Vin.i.72, Vin.i.274; Vin.iii.66; Ja.i.439, Ja.i.466 Thig.340; Thag-a.240; Ja.v.117 (sāpateya, var. read sāpatiyya); Dhp-a.i.67.
sā (= guṇa of sva) \ …
sāra →
pts
- essential, most excellent, strong AN.ii.110; Vin.iv.214; Ja.iii.368; Pp.53.
- (m.) the innermost, hardest part of anything, the heart or pith of a tree (see also pheggu) MN.i.1 …
sārada →
pts
adjective autumnal, of the latest harvest, this year’s, fresh AN.iii.404 = DN.iii.354 (bījāni fresh seeds); AN.i.135, AN.i.181 (badara-paṇḍu) SN.iii.54; SN.v.380; Mil.255; Dhp.149 (but at this pass …
sāvajjatā →
pts
guilt Mil.293.
fr. last
sīhaḷa →
pts
Ceylon; (adj.) Singhalese Mhvs.7, Mhvs.44 sq.; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.62; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.175; Dhvs 9, 1; Kp-a.47, Kp-a.50, Kp-a.78; Snp-a.30, Snp-a.53 sq. Snp-a.397. -kuddāla a Singhalese hoe Vism.255; …
sūci →
pts
…worm; ˚ā pāṇā (in the Gūthaniraya purgatory) MN.iii.185.
- -loma needle-haired, having hair like needles SN.ii.257; name…
taka →
pts
kind of medicinal gum, enumerated with two varieties, viz. takapattī & takapaṇṇī under jatūni bhesajjāni at Vin.i.201.
takketi →
pts
to think, reflect, reason, argue DN-a.i.106; Dhs-a.142
■ attānaṃ t. to have self-confidence, to trust oneself Ja.i.273, Ja.i.396, Ja.i.468; Ja.iii.233.
Denom. of tarka
tanta →
pts
thread, a string, a loom Ja.i.356 (˚vitata-ṭṭhāna the place of weaving); Dhp-a.i.424. At Ja.iv.484 tanta is to be corrected to tata (stretched out).
- -ākula tangled string, a t …
tapa →
pts
Tapa & Tapo
- torment, punishment, penance, esp. religious austerity, self-chastisement ascetic practice. This was condemned by the Buddha: Gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati tapassiṃ lūkhajīviṃ upavadati …
tapo →
pts
Tapa & Tapo
- torment, punishment, penance, esp. religious austerity, self-chastisement ascetic practice. This was condemned by the Buddha: Gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati tapassiṃ lūkhajīviṃ upavadati …
tasa →
pts
adjective
- trembling, frightened Ja.i.336 = Ja.i.344 (vakā, expl. at Ja.i.342 by tasita); perhaps the derived meaning of:
- moving, running (cp. to meaning 1 & 2 Gr.; τρέω to flee & to tremble), a …
tassa-pāpiyyasikā →
pts
Tassa-pāpiyyasikā
feminine (viz. kiriyā) Name of one of the adhikaraṇa-samathā: guilt (legal wrong) of such & such a character Vin.i.325; in detail expl. MN.ii.249; + tiṇavatthāraka DN.iii.254; AN …
tatta →
pts
Tatta1
heated, hot, glowing; of metals: in a melted state (cp. uttatta) AN.ii.122≈(tattena talena osiñcante, as punishment); Dhp.308 (ayoguḷa) Ja.ii.352 (id.); Ja.iv.306 (tattatapo “of red …
taṇhā →
pts
(lit.) drought, thirst; (fig.) craving, hunger for, excitement the fever of unsatisfied longing (c. loc.: kabaḷinkāre āhāre “thirst” for solid food SN.ii.101 sq.; cīvare piṇḍapāte taṇhā = greed for Sn …
taṇḍula →
pts
rice-grain, rice husked & ready for boiling; freq. combined with tila (q.v.) in mentioning of offerings, presentations, etc.: loṇaṃ telaṃ taṇḍulaṃ khādaniyaṃ sakaṭesu āropetvā Vin.i.220, Vin.i.238, V …
te →
pts
Te˚
secondary base of numeral three (fr. ti) in compound: having a relation to a triad of, three-; in numerical compounds also = three (see under tayo).
- *-[kaṭula](/define/kaṭu …
thaketi →
pts
…Vin.ii.134 (kaṇṇagūthakehi kaṇṇā thakitā honti: the ears were closed up), Vin.ii.148 (kavaṭā na thakīyanti, pass.),…
thamhhaka →
pts
(= thambha 3) a clump of grass Vv-a.276 (= gumba).
thera →
pts
only used with ref. to the bhikkhus of Gotama Buddha’s community
(adj.) senior Vin.i.47, Vin.i.290 (th. bhikkhū opp. navā bh.), Vin.i.159 (th bhikkhu a senior bh. opp. to navaka bh. a novice), Vin.i …
thulla FIXME double →
pts
Thūlaa & Thullab
(the latter usual in compounds) adjective compact, massive; coarse gross; big, strong, clumsy; common, low, unrefined rough
- DN.i.223; Snp.146 (aṇuka˚), Snp. …
thūla →
pts
Thūlaa & Thullab
(the latter usual in compounds) adjective compact, massive; coarse gross; big, strong, clumsy; common, low, unrefined rough
- DN.i.223; Snp.146 (aṇuka˚), Snp. …
ti FIXME double →
pts
Ti
adverb the apostrophe form of iti, thus. See iti.
cp. Sk. iti
Ti˚
base of numeral three in compound; consisting of three, threefold; in numerical compounds also three (3 times).
*-[kaṭuka](/d …
ti →
pts
Iti (ti)
indeclinable emphatic deictic particle “thus”. Occurs in both forms iti & ti, the former in higher style (poetry), the latter more familiar in conversational prose. The function of “iti” is …
tidasa →
pts
number thirty (cp. tiṃsa), esp. the thirty deities (pl.) or belonging to them (adj.). It is the round figure for 33, and is used as equivalent to tāvatiṃsa. Nandanaṃ rammaṃ tidasānaṃ mahāvanaṃ Pv.iii. …
tila →
pts
the sesame plant & its seed (usually the latter, out of which oil is prepared: see tela), Sesamum Indicum. Often combd with taṇḍula e.g. AN.i.130 = Pp …
timira →
pts
adjective dark; nt. darkness Vv.32#3 (t. tamba) Ja.iii.189 (t. rukkha); vanatimira a flower Ja.iv.285 Ja.v.182.
Sk. timira fr. tim = tam (as in tamas), to which also belong tibba 2 & tintiṇāti. Thi …
tippa →
pts
adjective piercing, sharp acute, fierce; always & only with ref. to pains, esp pains suffered in Niraya. In full combinations sarīrikā vedanā dukkhā tippā kharā MN.i.10; AN.ii.116, AN.ii.143, AN.ii.15 …
titthika →
pts
adjective
Possible reading in Burmese MSS. for tittika. But the two compound letters (tt and tth are so difficult to distinguish that it is uncertain which of the two the scribe really meant
tiṭṭhati →
pts
to stand, etc.
I. Forms
pres ind. tiṭṭhati (Snp.333, Snp.434; Pv.i.5#1);
imper second tiṭṭha, 3rd tiṭṭhatu ppr. tiṭṭhaṃ, tiṭṭhanto, tiṭṭhamāna;
pot tiṭṭhe (Snp.918, Snp.968) & tiṭṭheyy …
toraṇa →
pts
an arched gateway, portal Vin.ii.154; DN.ii.83; Vv.35#1 (= dvārakoṭṭhaka-pāsādassa nāmaṃ Vv-a.160); Ja.iii.428; Dāvs v.48.
Sk. toraṇa, perhaps related to Gr. τύρσις, τύρρις = Lat. turris (tower), c …
tuliya FIXME double →
pts
Tulya & Tuliya
(also tulla Ja.iv.102) adjective to be weighed, estimated, measured; matched equal, comparable Snp.377; Ja.iii.324; Pv-a.87 (= samaka) Mostly in the negative atulya incomparable, …
tulya →
pts
Tulya & Tuliya
(also tulla Ja.iv.102) adjective to be weighed, estimated, measured; matched equal, comparable Snp.377; Ja.iii.324; Pv-a.87 (= samaka) Mostly in the negative atulya incomparable, …
tunna →
pts
Tunna1
struck Thig.162 (vyādhimaraṇa˚ str. with sickness and death).
pp. of tudati
Tunna2
any pointed instrument as a stick, a goad, a bolt, or (usually) a needle Vin.i.290 ( …
tutta →
pts
pike for guiding elephants, a goad for driving cattle (cp. tomara & patoda) DN.ii.266 (˚tomara); Ja.iv.310 Ja.v.268; Cp.iii.5, Cp.iii.2 (t
■ vegahata).
Sk tottra, from tudati to prick, push
tāva →
pts
adverb so much, so long; usually correl. with yāva how long, how much; in all meanings to be understood out of elliptical application of this correlation Thus
I
*yāva-tāva …
tāvatiṃsa →
pts
No. 33, only in compounds denoting the 33 gods, whose chief is Sakka, while the numeral 33 is always tettiṃsa. This number occurs already in the Vedas with ref. to the gods & is …
tāyati →
pts
to shelter protect, preserve, guard; bring up, nourish SN.iv.246 (rūpa-balaṃ, bhoga˚, ñāti˚, putta˚); Ja.iv.387; Snp.579 (paralokato na pitā tāyate puttaṃ ñātī vā pana ñātake) Pv-a.7 (khettaṃ tāyati …
tāyitar →
pts
one who protects, shelters or guards Ja.i.412 (in expl. of tāṇa, q.v.).
n. ag. from tāyati
tūṇī →
pts
quiver (lit. “carrier”) Ja.ii.403 (dhanuṃ tūṇiñ ca nikkhippa); Ja.v.47.
Sk. *tūṇa & tūṇī, to; *tI̊n: see under tulā; cp. Lat. tollo. On ṇ → l. cp. cikkaṇa & cikkhala, guṇa → guḷ …
ubbaṭṭeti →
pts
to anoint, give perfumes (to a guest), to shampoo Ja.i.87 (gandhacuṇṇena), Ja.i.238 (id.); Ja.v.89, Ja.v.438.
Caus. of ud + vṛt, as doublet of ubbatteti, cp. BSk. udvartayati Divy.12, Divy.36
ubbega →
pts
excitement, fright, anguish DN.iii.148; later, also transport, rapture, in cpd (˚pīti); Vism.143; Dhs-a.124; Pp-a 226.
Sk. udvega, fr. ud + vij
ubbegin →
pts
adjective full of anguish or fear Ja.iii.313 (= ubbegavant C.).
fr. ubbega
ubbhava →
pts
birth, origination, production Pgdp.91 (dānassa phal˚). Cp. BSk. udbhāvanā Divy.184 (guṇ˚) Divy.492 (id.).
ud + bhava
ubbilla →
pts
elation, elated state of mind MN.iii.159; -bhāva id. DN-a.i.122; Sdhp.167. See next.
either a secondary formation fr. ubbilāvita, or representing uppilava (uppilāva) for upplava, ud + plu as d …
ubhato →
pts
adverb both, twofold, in both (or two) ways, on both sides usually ˚-, as -bhāgavimutta one who is emancipated in two ways DN.ii.71; Dialogues ii.70, n. 1; MN.i.477 (cp. MN.i.385 ˚vimaṭṭha); S …
uccāra →
pts
…Vin.iv.266 (uccāro nāma gūtho vuccati); Dhp-a.ii.56 (˚karaṇa defecation); uccārapassāva faeces & urine DN.i.70; MN.i.83; Ja.i.5;…
ud →
pts
Ud-
prefix in verbal & nominal combn. One half of all the words beginning with u˚ are combns. with ud˚, which in compn. appears modified according to the rules of as …
udaka →
pts
water Vin.ii.120, Vin.ii.213; DN.ii.15 (˚assa dhārā gushes or showers of w.); Dhp.80 Dhp.145; Ja.i.212; Pv.i.5#7; Pp.31, Pp.32; Mil.318; Vv-a.20 (udake temanaṃ aggimhe tāpanaṃ); Dhp-a.i.289; Dhp-a. …
udda →
pts
Udda1
an aquatic animal, the otter (?) Childers s. v. doubts the identity of this creature with the regular otter, since it lives in the jungle. Is it a beaver- Vin.i.186 (˚camma otter-s …
uddhacca →
pts
over-balancing, agitation, excitement distraction, flurry (see on meaning; Dialogues i.82; Dhs trsln. 119; Cpd. 18, 45, 83). AN.i.256, AN.i.282; AN.iii.375, AN.iii.421 AN.iii.449; AN …
uddāna →
pts
group of Suttas, used throughout the Vinaya Piṭaka with ref. to each Khandhaka, in the Saṃyutta, the Anguttara and other books (cp. Mil.407) for each group of about ten Suttas (cp. Dhs-a.27). The U …
uddīpanā →
pts
explanation, reasoning, argument Vism.27 (for ukkācanā). Uddiyati, Uddiyana
fr. ud + dīpeti
udukkhala →
pts
mortar Vin.i.202 (+ musala pestle); Ja.i.502; Ja.ii.428; Ja.v.49; Ja.ii.161, Ja.ii.335; Ud.69 (m; + musaḷa); Dhp-a.ii.131 (˚sala); Vism.354 (in comp.). The relation between *[udukkhala](/define/udu …
uggirati →
pts
Uggirati1
to vomit up (“swallow up”) to spit out Ud.14 (uggiritvāna); DN-a.i.41 (uggāraṃ uggiranto). Cp. BSk. prodgīrṇa cast out Divy.589.
Sk. udgirati, ud + gṛ2; but BSk. …
upaccagā →
pts
3rd sg. pret. of upâtigacchati (q.v.) to escape, pass, go by; to overcome Snp.333 (mā upaccagā = mā atikkami Snp-a.339) = Thig.5 (= mā atikkami Thag-a.12); Snp.636, Snp.641, Snp.827 (= ac …
upacāra →
pts
- approach, access Vin.ii.120, Vin.ii.152; Vin.iv.304; Ja.i.83, Ja.i.172; Dhs-a.328 (phal˚).
- habit practice, conduct Vin.ii.20 (dassan˚); Snp-a.140 (id.); Ja.iii.280.
- way, means application, …
upagūhati →
pts
to embrace Ja.i.346, Ja.i.349; Ja.ii.424; Ja.iii.437; Ja.v.157, Ja.v.328, Ja.v.384
ger upaguyha Ja.vi.300.
upa + gūhati
upakkanta →
pts
- attacked by (-˚) Mil.112.
- attacking, intriguing or plotting against (loc. DN-a.i.140.
pp. of upakkamati
upalakkheti →
pts
to distinguish, discriminate Vism.172.
upa + lakṣay
upapajjati →
pts
to get to, be reborn in (acc.) to originate, rise Vin.iii.20 (nirayaṃ); AN.iii.415; AN.v.292 sq.; Snp.584; Iti.13 (nirayaṃ), Iti.14 (sugatiṃ; variant reading upp˚), Iti.67 (saggaṃ lokaṃ; variant readi …
upātigacchati →
pts
to “go out over”, to surpass, overcome, only in 3rd sg. pret. upaccagā Snp.333, Snp.636, Snp.641, Snp.827; Thag.181; Thag.2, Thag.4; Ja.i.258; Ja.vi.182 & Ja.vi.3 …
ussaya →
pts
in -vādika Vin.iv.224 is a variant of usuyya˚; “using envious language, quarrelsome”
■ Another ussaya samussaya* only.
uttama →
pts
adjective “ut-most”, highest, greatest, best Snp.1054 (dhammaṃ uttamaṃ the highest ideal = Nibbāna for which seṭṭhan Snp.1064; cp. Cnd.317); Dhp.56; Mnd.211; Cnd.502 (in paraphrase of mahā combd …
uttari FIXME double →
pts
Uttari (˚-) & Uttariṃ
adverb out, over, beyond; additional moreover, further, besides
- uttariṃ: DN.i.71; MN.i.83 MN.iii.148; SN.iv.15; Snp.796 (uttariṃ kurute = uttariṃ karot …
uttari →
pts
Uttari (˚-) & Uttariṃ
adverb out, over, beyond; additional moreover, further, besides
- uttariṃ: DN.i.71; MN.i.83 MN.iii.148; SN.iv.15; Snp.796 (uttariṃ kurute = uttariṃ karot …
uttariṃ FIXME double →
pts
Uttari (˚-) & Uttariṃ
adverb out, over, beyond; additional moreover, further, besides
- uttariṃ: DN.i.71; MN.i.83 MN.iii.148; SN.iv.15; Snp.796 (uttariṃ kurute = uttariṃ karot …
uttariṃ →
pts
Uttari (˚-) & Uttariṃ
adverb out, over, beyond; additional moreover, further, besides
- uttariṃ: DN.i.71; MN.i.83 MN.iii.148; SN.iv.15; Snp.796 (uttariṃ kurute = uttariṃ karot …
utu →
pts
- (lit.)
- (good or proper) time, season: aruṇa-utu occasion or time of the sun(-rise) Dhp-a.i.165; utuṃ gaṇhāti to watch for the right time (in horoscopic practice), to prognosticate ibid. *s …
uḷāra →
pts
adjective great, eminent, excellent, superb, lofty, noble, rich
■ Dhammapāla at Vv-a.10–Vv-a.11 distinguishes 3 meanings: tīhi atthehi ūḷāraṃ paṇītaṃ (excellent), seṭṭhaṃ (best), mahantaṃ (great) …
v →
pts
-V-
euphonic (sandhi-) consonant, historically justified after u (uv from older v), as in su-v-ānaya easy to bring (SN.i.124); hence transferred to i, as in *ti- …
vacana →
pts
- speaking, utterance, word, bidding SN.ii.18 (alaṃ vacanāya one says rightly); SN.iv.195 (yathā bhūtaṃ); AN.ii.168; Snp.417, Snp.699 Snp.932, Snp.984, Snp.997; Mil.235; Pv.ii.2#7; Snp-a.343, Snp-a …
vaco →
pts
(& vaca) neuter speech, words, saying; nom. & acc.; vaco Snp.54, Snp.356, Snp.988, Snp.994, Snp.1006 Snp.1057, Snp.1110, Snp.1147; Ja.i.188; Mnd.553 (= vacana byāpa …
vacī →
pts
˚- speech, words; rare by itself (and in this case re-established from compounds and poetical, as at Snp.472 (yassa vacī kharā; explained at Snp-a.409 by “vācā”), Snp.973 (cudito vacīhi = vācāhi Sn …
vada →
pts
adjective (-˚) speaking, in cpd. vaggu˚; speaking pleasantly Snp.955 (cp. Mnd.446; Snp-a.571 = sundaravada); suddhiṃ˚; of clean speech Snp.910.
fr. vad
vaddha →
pts
Vaddha1
adjective noun
- grown, old; an Elder; venerable, respectable; one who has authority At Ja.i.219 three kinds of vaddha are distinguished: one by nature (jāt …
vagga →
pts
Vagga1
- a company, section group, party Vin.i.58 (du˚, ti˚), Vin.i.195 (dasa˚ a chapter of 10 bhikkhus).
- a section or chapter of a canonical book Dhp-a.i.158 (eka-vagga-dvi-vagga- …
vaggu →
pts
adjective lovely, beautiful pleasant, usually of sound (sara) DN.ii.20 (˚ssara); SN.i.180 SN.i.190; Snp.350, Snp.668; Vv.5#3, Vv.36#1, Vv.36#4 (˚rūpa), Vv.50#18 (girā) Vv.63#6, Vv.64#10 (ghoso suvaggu …
vagguli →
pts
Vagguli & ˚ī
masculine & feminine a bat Vin.ii.148; Mil.364, Mil.404; Vism.663 (in simile) Dhp-a.iii.223.
vaggulī →
pts
Vagguli & ˚ī
masculine & feminine a bat Vin.ii.148; Mil.364, Mil.404; Vism.663 (in simile) Dhp-a.iii.223.
vahati →
pts
- to carry, bear, transport Ja.iv.260; Pv-a.14 (= dhāreti); Mil.415 (of iron: carry weight)
imper vaha Vv.81#17;
inf vahituṃ Pv-a.122 (perhaps superfluous);
grd * …
valaya →
pts
bracelet Vin.ii.106; Ja.ii.197 (dantakāre valay’-ādīni karonte disvā); Ja.iii.377; Ja.vi.64, Ja.vi.65; DN-a.i.50; Dhp-a.i.226 (danta˚ ivory bangle); Pv-a.157 (sankha˚) Mhvs.11, Mhvs.14 (˚anguli-v …
vana →
pts
Vana1
neuter the forest; wood; as a place of pleasure sport (“wood”), as well as of danger & frightfulness (“jungle”), also as resort of ascetics, noted for its loneliness (“forest”). Of ( …
vasitar →
pts
one who abides, stays or lives (in), a dweller; fig. one who has a (regular) habit AN.ii.107 Pp.43, cp. Pp-a 225
■ vasitā is given as “habit” at Cpd. 58 sq., 207.
n. ag. fr. vasita
vata →
pts
Vata1
indeclinable part of exclamation: surely, certainly, indeed, alas! Vin.iii.39 (puris’ usabho vat’ âyaṃ “for sure he is a human bull”) Thig.316 (abbhutaṃ vata vācaṃ bhāsasi); Snp.178, …
vati →
pts
Vati1
feminine a fence Ja.i.153; Ja.iii.272; Ja.v.472; Vism.186 (vatī, variant reading vati); Snp-a.98 (variant reading for gutti), Snp-a.148 (variant reading for ˚vatikā).
later Sk. vṛ …
vattha →
pts
Vattha1
neuter
- cloth; clothing, garment raiment; also collectively: clothes; MN.i.36 sq. AN.i.132, AN.i.209, AN.i.286; AN.ii.85, AN.ii.241; AN.iii.27 (odātaṃ), AN.iii.50 (kāsikaṃ), AN. …
vatthi →
pts
- the bladder Vin.iii.117; Ja.i.146; Snp.195; Vism.144 = Dhs-a.117; Vism.264, Vism.345 (mutta˚) 362; DN-a.i.161; Vb-a.248.
- the pudendum: see ˚*kosa*.
- a clyster (-bag): see ˚ …
vatthu →
pts
Vatthu1
neuter lit. “ground,” hence
- (lit.) object, real thing, property, thing, substance (cp. vatthu2!) AN.ii.209 (khetta˚, where khetta in lit. sense, cp. No. 2). Here bel …
vaya →
pts
Vaya1 & vayo
neuter age, especially young age, prime, youth; meaning “old age” when characterized as such or contrasted to youth (the ord. term for old age being jarā). …
vañcati →
pts
- to walk about Ja.i.214 (inf. ˚ituṃ = pādacāra-gamanena gantuṃ C.).
- Caus. vañceti to cheat, deceive, delude, elude DN.i.50; Snp.100, Snp.129, Snp.356; Ja.iii.420 (aor. avañc …
vaḍḍhaki →
pts
(& -ī) a carpenter builder, architect, mason. On their craft and guilds see Fick, Sociale Gliederung 181 sq.; Mrs. Rh. D Cambridge Hist. Ind. i.206
■ The word is specially characteristic of t …
vaḍḍhi →
pts
- increase growth (cp.; Cpd. 251 sq.) SN.iv.250 (ariya˚); Ja.ii.426 (= phāti); Mil.109 (guṇa˚); Dhs-a.327; Dhp-a.iii.335 (avaḍḍhi = parihāni).
- welfare, good fortune, happiness Ja.v.101; Ja.vi. …
vaṃsa →
pts
- a bamboo Snp.38 (vaṃso visālo va; vaṃso explained at Cnd.556 as “veḷugumba,” at Snp-a.76 as “veḷu”), ibid. (˚kaḷīra) Ja.vi.57; Vism.255 (˚kaḷīra); Kp-a.50 (id.).
- race lineage, family AN.ii.27 …
vaṅgati →
pts
to go, walk, waver; found only in Dhtp (No. 29) as root vaṅg in meaning “gamana. Perhaps confused with valg; see vaggati.
cp. *Sk. vangati, to which belongs vañjula. Idg. *\ …
vaṅka →
pts
adjective noun
I. (adj.)
- crooked, bent, curved MN.i.31 (+ jimha); SN.iv.118 (read v-daṇḍā); Vin.ii.116 (suttā vankā honti); Ja.i.9 (of kāja); Ja.iv.362 (˚daṇḍa), Pv-a.51 With ref. to a …
vaṇṇa →
pts
appearance etc (lit. “cover, coating”). There is a considerable fluctuation of meaning, especially between meanings 2, 3, 4. One may group as follows.
- colour Snp.447 (meda˚); SN.v.216 (chavi˚ of t …
vaṭṭa →
pts
Vaṭṭa1
adjective noun
- round circular; (nt.) circle Pv-a.185 (āyata +); Kp-a.50 (˚nāli). See cpd. -aṅguli.
- (fig.) “rolling on,” the “round” of existences, cycle of transmigrati …
vaṭṭani →
pts
ring, round, globe, ball Thig.395 (vaṭṭani-riva; explained at Thag-a.259 as “lākhāya guḷikā viya,” translation Sisters 154: “but a little ball”).
cp. Vedic vartani circumference of a wheel, course
vaṭṭati →
pts
vaṭṭi →
pts
- a wick SN.ii.86 = SN.iii.126 = SN.iv.213; Ja.i.243 (dīpa˚); Dhp-a.393; Thag-a.72 (Ap.v.45: nom. pl. vaṭṭīni); Mhvs.32, Mhvs.37 Mhvs.34, Mhvs.35.
- enclosure, lining, film, skin Vism.258 (anta˚ e …
ve →
pts
Ve1
indeclinable part. of affirmation, emphasizing the preceding word: indeed, truly Vin.i.3 (etaṃ ve sukhaṃ); Dhp.63 (sa ve bāḷo ti vuccati), Dhp.83 (sabbattha ve), Dhp.16 …
vebhūtika →
pts
Vebhūtika & ˚ya
(adj. n.) causing disaster or ruin; nt. calumnious speech, bad language DN.iii.106 (˚ya); Snp.158 (˚ya); Vv.84#40 (˚ka; explained as “sahitānaṃ vinābhāva-karaṇato vebhūtikaṃ,” i.e. p …
vebhūtiya →
pts
Vebhūtika & ˚ya
(adj. n.) causing disaster or ruin; nt. calumnious speech, bad language DN.iii.106 (˚ya); Snp.158 (˚ya); Vv.84#40 (˚ka; explained as “sahitānaṃ vinābhāva-karaṇato vebhūtikaṃ,” i.e. p …
veda →
pts
…wisdom Vin.i.3; Snp.463. -gū one who has attained to highest knowledge (said of the Buddha). Thus different from “tiṇṇaṃ…
vedeti →
pts
“to sense,” usually in Denom. function (only one Caus. meaning: see aor. avedi); meaning twofold either intellectually “to know” (cp. veda), or with ref. to general feeling “to e …
vera →
pts
hatred, revenge, hostile action, sin AN.iv.247; Dhp.5; Ja.iv.71; Dhp-a.i.50. Pv-a.13
■ avera absence of enmity, friendliness; (adj. friendly, peaceable, kind DN.i.167, DN.i.247 …
vesa →
pts
dress, apparel; (more frequently:) disguise, (assumed) appearance Ja.i.146 (pakati˚ usual dress), Ja.i.230 (āyuttaka˚); Ja.iii.418 (andha˚) Mil.12; Dhp-a.ii.4; Pv-a.62, Pv-a.93 (ummattaka˚), Pv-a. …
vevāhika →
pts
wedding-guest Ja.ii.420.
fr. vivāha
veḷu →
pts
bamboo AN.ii.73; Vin.iv.35; Ja.iv.382 (daṇḍa˚); Ja.v.71; Vism.1, Vism.17; Snp-a.76 (= vaṃsa); Vb-a.334.
- -agga (veḷagga) the top of a bamboo Vin.ii.110
- *-[gumba](/define/gumb …
veṇu →
pts
bamboo; occurs only in compounds, e.g. -gumba thicket of bamboo Dhp-a.i.177; -tinduka the tree Diospyros Ja.v.405 (= timbaru C.); -daṇḍaka jungle-rope Ja.iii.204 -bali a tax to be paid i …
veṭhaka →
pts
adjective surrounding, enveloping DN.i.105 (“furbelow” see Dial. i.130); Mhvs.11, Mhvs.14 (valayanguli˚).
fr. veṭheti
vi →
pts
indeclinable
I.
- inseparable prefix of separation and expansion, in original meaning of “asunder,” semantically closely related to Lat. dis- & Ger ver-. Often as base-prefix in var mean …
vibhajati →
pts
(lit.) to distribute, divide; (fig.) to distinguish, dissect, divide up, classify; to deal with something in detail, to go into details MN.iii.223; SN.ii.2, SN.ii.255 (vibhājeti) = MN.i.364 (reads vir …
vibhatta →
pts
adjective
- (lit.) divided, distributed; parted, partitioned, having divisions, portioned off Snp.300; Pv.i.10#13 (of niraya); Ja.v.266 (id.); Mil.316 (a˚ samudda)
■ su˚ well divided, well plan …
vidahati →
pts
to arrange, appoint, assign; to provide; to practise
pres vidahati: see saṃ˚ vidadhāti Ja.vi.537; vidheti Ja.v.107.
pot vidahe Snp.927 (= vidaheyya Mnd.382);
aor *[ …
vidatthi →
pts
span (of 12 angulas or finger-breadths) Vin.iii.149 (dīghaso dvādasa vidatthiyo sugata-vidatthiyā); Vin.iv.279; Ja.i.337; Ja.iii.318; Mil.85; Vism.65, Vism.124, Vism.171, Vism.175, Vism.408; Dhp-a. …
vidhavā →
pts
widow SN.i.170; AN.iii.128; Ja.vi.33; Mil.288; Vism.17; Pv-a.65, Pv-a.161 Vb-a.339.
Vedic vidhavā widow, vidhu lonely, vidhura separaṭed, Av. vidavā = Goth. widuwō = Ohg. wituwa (Ger. Witwe = E. w …
viheṭheti →
pts
to oppress, to bring into difficulties, to vex, annoy, plague hurt DN.i.116, DN.i.135; DN.ii.12; Snp.35; Ja.i.187; Ja.ii.267; Ja.iv.375; Mil.6, Mil.14; Dhp-a.191; Vv-a.69 (Pass. ˚iyamāna).
vi + he …
vihāra →
pts
- (as m. & adj.) spending one’s time (sojourning or walking about), staying in a place, living place of living, stay, abode (in general) Vv-a.50 (jala˚) Pv-a.22, Pv-a.79; eka˚; living by oneself …
vijigucchati →
pts
to loathe Snp.41 (˚amāna = aṭṭiyamāna harāyamāna Cnd.566), Snp.253, Snp.958 (˚ato = aṭṭiyato harāyato Mnd.466), Snp.963; Mnd.479.
vi + j.
vijjantarikā →
pts
is not clear; according to Kern,
Toevoegselen
s. v. = vīthi + antarikā, i.e. space in between two streets or midstreet MN.i.448; AN.i.124. Neumann (Mittl. Slg. ii.182) translates “Rinnstein” (i …
vijjhāpeti →
pts
to extinguish Vin.i.31; Vin.ii.219, Vin.ii.221; Ja.iv.292; Mil.42.
vi + jhāpeti
vijjhāyati →
pts
to be extinguished, to go out (of fire) Vin.i.31 (imper. ˚āyatu & fut. ˚āyissati); Dhp-a.i.21 (akkhīni dīpa-sikhā viya vijjhāyiṃsu).
vi + jhāyati2
vijjā →
pts
one of the dogmatic terms of Buddhist teaching varying in meaning in diff. sections of the Canon. It is not always the positive to avijjā (which has quite a well-defined meaning f …
vijānāti →
pts
to have discriminative (dis = vi˚) knowledge, to recognize, apprehend, ascertain, to become aware of, to understand, notice, perceive, distinguish learn, know Snp.93 sq., Snp.763; Dhp.64, Dhp.65; Mnd. …
vikappana →
pts
-ā (f.)
- assignment, apportioning Vin.iv.60 = Vin.iv.123 = Vin.iv.283. At Vin.iv.122 two ways of assigning a gift are distinguished: sammukhāvikappanā & parammukhā˚. All these passages refer to …
vikappeti →
pts
- to distinguish, design, intend, to have intentions or preferences, to fix one’s mind on (loc. or acc.) Snp.793 = Snp.802 (= vikappaṃ āpajjati Mnd.97), Snp.918 (id. Mnd.351).
- to detail, describe, …
vikatika →
pts
woollen coverlet (embroidered with figures of lions, tigers etc.) DN.i.7 (cp. DN-a.i.87) AN.i.181; Vin.i.192; Thag-a.55 (Tha-ap.10: tūlikā˚;).
fr. vikati
vikaṭa →
pts
…against snake-bite, viz., gūtha, mutta, chārikā, mattikā Vin.i.206
■ Cp. vekaṭika.
*…
vikirati →
pts
to scatter about, sprinkle, spread, mix up (trs. & intrs.) MN.i.127; SN.iii.190 (in simile of playing children: paṃsv’ āgārakāni hatthehi ca pādehi ca vikiranti [mix up] vidhamanti [fall about] viddha …
vikiraṇa →
pts
adjective
- scattering, dispersing; being scattered or dispersed DN.i.11 (cp. DN-a.i.96)
■ Vb.358 (T. reads vikī˚; variant reading vikāraṇa & vikkir˚) = Pp.23 (which reads nikaraṇā; trsl. “gui …
vikāra →
pts
- change, alteration, in mahā˚; great change Vism.366, Vism.367 (of two kinds: anupādiṇṇa upādiṇṇa, or primary & secondary, i.e. the first caused by kappa-vuṭṭhāna, the second by dhātu-kkhobha) K …
vikūlaka →
pts
adjective contrary, disgusting Thig.467 (= paṭikūla Thag-a.284).
fr. vikūla
vimutta →
pts
freed, released, intellectually emancipated Vin.i.8; AN.iv.75, AN.iv.179, AN.iv.340; AN.v.29; DN.iii.97 DN.iii.100, DN.iii.133, DN.iii.258; SN.i.23, SN.i.35; SN.iii.13, SN.iii.53, SN.iii.137; Snp.354, …
vinetar →
pts
teacher, instructor, guide Snp.484; Pts.ii.194 (netar, vinetar, anunetar); Ja.iv.320.
n. ag. fr. vineti
vineti →
pts
vinibbhoga →
pts
Vinibbhoga1
adjective lacking, deprived of (-˚), deficient Thag-a.248 (viññāṇa˚).
vi + nibbhoga
Vinibbhoga2
sifting out, distinction, discrimination Vism.306 (dhātu˚), Vis …
vinibbhujati →
pts
(or -bhuñjati)
- [to bhuj, to bend, as in bhuja1 & nibbhujati] to turn inside out Thig.471.
- [to bhuj or bhuñj as in bhuñjati2 and paribhuñjati2] to separ …
vinibbhutta →
pts
separated, distinguished, discriminated Vism.368.
pp. of vinibbhujati
vinicchita →
pts
discerned, decided, distinguished, detailed Vin.i.65 (su˚); Ja.v.65 (a˚); Snp-a.477; Sdhp.508.
pp. of vinicchināti
vināyaka →
pts
- a leader, guide, instructor MN.ii.94; Vv.16#7 (= veneyya-satte vineti Vv-a.83); Thag-a.69.
- a judge Ja.iii.336.
fr. vi + nī
viparāmosa →
pts
(Viparāmāsa) highway robbery DN.i.5 (explained as twofold at DN-a.i.80, viz. hima˚ & gumba˚ or hidden by the snow & a thicket; the pop. etym given here is “janaṃ musanti,” i.e. they steal, or begui …
virāga →
pts
- absence of rāga, dispassionateness, indifference towards (abl. or loc.) disgust, absence of desire, destruction of passions; waning, fading away cleansing, purifying; emancipation, Arahantship. DN. …
virāguṇa →
pts
in meaning “fading away, waning” in verse at Iti.69 (of viññāṇa) is doubtful reading. It corresponds to virāgadhamma of the prose part (virāgudh˚ vv.ll.) The variant reading is pabhaṅguṇa (which mig …
visajjati →
pts
to hang on, cling to, stick to, adhere (fig.) only in pp. visatta (q.v.)
■ The apparent ger. form visajja belongs to vissajjati.
vi + sajjati, Pass. of sañj; the regula …
visesa →
pts
visesaka →
pts
or neuter
- a (distinguishing) mark (on the forehead) Vin.ii.267 (with apanga).
- leading to distinction Vv-a.85. Visesata = visesa
fr. visesa
visesana →
pts
distinguishing, distinction, qualification, attribute Vv.16#10; Ja.iii.11; Ja.vi.63; Snp-a.181, Snp-a.365, Snp-a.399; Vv-a.13
■ instr. avisesena (adv.) without distinction, at all events, anyh …
viseseti →
pts
to make a distinction, to distinguish, define, specify Ja.v.120, Ja.v.451; Snp-a.343; grd. visesitabba (-vacana) qualifying (predicative) expression Vv-a.13
pp *[visesita …
visesin →
pts
adjective possessing distinction, distinguished from, better than others Snp.799, Snp.842, Snp.855, Snp.905 Mnd.244.
fr. visesa
visesita →
pts
distinguished, differentiated Mhvs.11, Mhvs.32; Kp-a.18; Pv-a.56.
pp. of viseseti
visesiya →
pts
adjective distinguished Vv.16#10 (= visesaṃ patvā Vv-a.85); variant reading visesin (= visesavant C.).
grd. of viseseti
visissati →
pts
to differ, to be distinguished or eminent Ne.188
pp visiṭṭha
caus viseseti (q.v.).
Pass. of vi + śiṣ
visiṭṭha →
pts
adjective distinguished, prominent, superior, eminent DN.iii.159; Vv.32#4; Ja.i.441; Mil.203 Mil.239; Dhp-a.ii.15; Vv-a.1 (˚māna = vimāna), Vv-a.85, Vv-a.261 Sdhp.260, Sdhp.269, Sdhp.332, Sdhp.489 …
vissamati →
pts
to rest, repose; to recover from fatigue Ja.i.485; Ja.ii.70; Ja.ii.128, Ja.ii.133; Ja.iii.208; Ja.iv.93 Ja.iv.293; Ja.v.73; Pv-a.43, Pv-a.151
caus vissameti to give a rest, to make repose Ja.iii …
vissametar →
pts
one who provides a rest, giver of repose, remover of fatigue Ja.vi.526.
n. ag. fr. vissameti
vissaṭṭha →
pts
- let loose; sent (out); released, dismissed; thrown; given out Mhvs.10, Mhvs.68; Ja.i.370; Ja.iii.373; Pv-a.46, Pv-a.64, Pv-a.123, Pv-a.174.
- (of the voice.) distinct, well enunciated DN.i.1 …
visīveti →
pts
to warm oneself Mil.47; Ja.ii.68; Dhp-a.i.225, Dhp-a.i.261 Dhp-a.ii.89. As visibbeti (in analogy to visibbeti to sew) at Vin.iv.115
caus 2 visīvāpeti Ja.ii.69.
vi + sīv …
visīyati →
pts
to be dissolved; 3rd pl. imper. med. visīyaruṃ Thag.312 (cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 126).
vi + sīyati; cp. Sk. śīyate, Pass. of śyā to coagulate
vitakka →
pts
reflection, thought, thinking; “initial application” (Cpd. 282)
■ defined as “vitakkanaṃ vitakko, ūhanan ti vuttaṃ hoti” at Vism.142 (with simile on p. 143, comparing vitakka with vicāra kumbhakār …
vitakkita →
pts
reflected, reasoned, argued DN-a.i.121. Cp. pari˚.
pp. of vitakketi
vitaṇḍā →
pts
tricky disputation, frivolous or captious discussion; in compounds vitaṇḍa˚: ˚vāda sophistry Snp-a.447; DN-a.i.247; -vādin a sophist, arguer Dhs-a.3 (so read for vidaḍḍha); Vb-a.9, Vb-a.51, …
viññatti →
pts
intimation, giving to understand, information; begging or asking by intimation or hinting (a practice forbidden to the bhikkhu). Vin.i.72 (˚bahula, intent on …); Vin.iii.144 sq. (identical); Vin.iv.29 …
vohāra →
pts
- trade, business MN.ii.360; Snp.614 (˚ṃ upajīvati); Ja.i.495; Ja.ii.133, Ja.ii.202; Ja.v.471; Pv-a.111 Pv-a.278.
- current appellation, common use (of language), popular logic, common way of defi …
vokiṇṇaka →
pts
adjective mixed up Mil.300 (kapiniddā-pareto vokiṇṇakaṃ jaggati a person with light sleep, so-called “monkey-doze,” lies confusedly awake i.e. is half asleep, half awake). Rh. D. not quite to the p …
vokkha →
pts
adjective is at Ja.iii.21 given as syn. of vaggu (q.v.).
? doubtful reading
vy →
pts
Vy˚
is the semi-vowel (i.e. half-consonantic) form of vi˚; before following a & ā (vya˚, vyā), very rarely ū & o; The prefix vi˚ is very unstable, and a variety of forms are also attached to …
vyāvaṭa →
pts
adjective doing service, active, busy; eager, keen intent on (loc.), busy with AN.iv.195 (mayi = worrying about me); Ja.iii.315 (su˚); Ja.iv.371 (kiccâkiccesu v. uyyatta C.); Ja.v.395 (= ussukka); Ja. …
vyūhati →
pts
at Vv-a.104 is not clear (see byūhati). It looks more like a present tense to viyūḷha in sense “to be bulky,” than a Denom. fr. vyūha as “ …
vācanaka →
pts
talk, recitation, disputation; invitation (?), in brāhmaṇa˚; Ja.i.318 (karoti); Ja.iii.171, Ja.iv.391 (karoti); regarded as a kind of festival. At Ja.iii.238 vācanaka is used b …
vācā →
pts
word, saying, speech; also as adj. (-˚) vaca speaking, of such a speech (e.g. duṭṭha˚ Pv.i.3#2, so to be read for dukkha˚)
■ DN.iii.69 sq., DN.iii.96 sq., DN.iii.171 sq. SN.iv.132 …
vāda →
pts
- speaking, speech, talk, nearly always-˚, e.g. iti˚; hearsay, general talk MN.i.133; SN.v.73; AN.ii.26; kumāraka˚; child-talk or childish talk i.e. in the manner of talking to a child SN.ii.21 …
vādin →
pts
adjective (-˚) speaking (of), saying, asserting, talking; professing, holding a view or doctrine; arguing. Abs. only at AN.ii.138 (cattāro vādī four kinds of disputants); Snp.382 (ye vā pi c’aññe vād …
vāgamā →
pts
at Mhvs.19, Mhvs.28 (tadahe v. rājā) is to be read (tadah’ ev) āgamā, i.e. came on the same day. The passage is corrupt: see translation p.130Vagura & a
vāgulā →
pts
Vākarā = vāgulā
net, snare MN.i.153 (daṇḍa˚, dvandva); MN.ii.65
■ As vākara at Ja.iii.541; as vākura at Thag.774.
vāgura →
pts
Vāgura & ˚ā
feminine a net; as -a Ja.vi.170 Kp-a.47 (sūkara˚); Thag-a.78; as -ā Ja.vi.582. Another P. form is vākarā.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vāgurā; to Idg. *ṷeg to weave, as in Lat. velum …
vāgurā →
pts
Vāgura & ˚ā
feminine a net; as -a Ja.vi.170 Kp-a.47 (sūkara˚); Thag-a.78; as -ā Ja.vi.582. Another P. form is vākarā.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vāgurā; to Idg. *ṷeg to weave, as in Lat. velum …
vāka →
pts
the bark of a tree DN.i.167; Vin.iii.34; Ja.i.304; Ja.ii.141; Vism.249 = Vb-a.232 (akka˚ & makaci˚); Mil.128
■ avāka without bark Ja.iii.522.
- -cīra (= cīvar …
vākarā →
pts
Vākarā = vāgulā
net, snare MN.i.153 (daṇḍa˚, dvandva); MN.ii.65
■ As vākara at Ja.iii.541; as vākura at Thag.774.
vāla →
pts
Vāla1
- the hair of the tail horse-hair, tail Vin.ii.195 = Ja.v.335 (pahaṭṭha-kaṇṇavāla with bristling ears & tail, of an elephant); Ja.v.274 (so read for phāla, cp. p …
vāta →
pts
wind. There exists a common distinction of winds into 2 groups: “internal and “external” winds, or the ajjhattikā vāyo-dhātu (wind category), and the bāhirā. They are discussed at Vb.84, quoted a …
vātaka →
pts
adjective (-˚) belonging to or connected with the winds (of the body) in ahi-vātaka-roga a cert (intestinal) disease (lit. “snake-pain”), pestilence plague; dysentery (caused by a famine and att …
vīthi →
pts
- street, way, road, path, track AN.v.347, AN.v.350 sq.; Vv.83#6; Ja.i.158 (garden path); Ja.v.350 (dve vīthiyo gahetvā tiṭṭhati, of a house); Ja.vi.276 (v and raccha); Dhp-a.i.14; Vv-a.31; Pv-a …
vūpasammati →
pts
- to be assuaged or quieted SN.iv.215.
- to be suppressed or removed Ja.iii.334.
- to be subdued or extinguished, to go out (of light) Tha-ap.35
pp vūpasanta
caus *vūpasā …
y →
pts
-Y-
combination consonant (sandhi), inserted (euphonically) between 2 vowels for the avoidance of hiatus. It has arisen purely phonetically from i as a sort of “gliding or semi-vowel within a wo …
ya-kāra →
pts
Ya-kāra
- the letter (or sound) y: Ja.i.430 (padasandhikara); Ja.iii.433 (vyañjana-sandhi-vasena gahita).
- the letter (or syllable) ya: Ja.v.427 (nipāta-matta). It is referred to at Vin.iv.7 …
ya →
pts
Ya˚
I. Forms
(See inflection also at Geiger, P.Gr. § 110.) The decl. is similar to that of ta˚ among the more rarely found forms we only mention the foll.
■ sg. nom. m. *[yo](/define/y …
yagghe →
pts
indeclinable hortative part, used in addressing a (superior) person in the voc., followed by Pot. of jānāti, either 2nd jāneyyāsi, or 3rd sg. jāneyya; to be trsld some …
yakkha →
pts
- name of certain non-human beings, as spirits, ogres, dryads, ghosts spooks. Their usual epithet and category of being is amanussa, i.e. not a human being (but not a sublime g …
yakkhinī →
pts
female yakkha, a vampire. Their character is usually fierce & full of spite & vengeance, addicted to man- & beast-murder (cp. yakkha 2). They are very much like Petīs in habits. With their names cp. …
yantaka →
pts
bolt Vin.ii.148 (vihārā aguttā honti… anujānāmi yantakaṃ sūcikan ti), cp. Vin Texts iii.162; DN-a.i.200 (kuñcikā +); Dhp-a.i.220 (yantakaṃ deti to put the bolt to, to lock up).
fr. yanta
yanteti →
pts
to set into motion, to make go, impel, hurl Ja.i.418 (sakkharaṃ anguliyā yantetvā); pp. yantita.
denom. fr. yanta. Dhtm.809 gives a root yant in meaning of “sankocane,” i.e. contraction
yata →
pts
held, checked, controlled, restrained, careful SN.ii.15, SN.ii.50; Snp.78, Snp.220, Snp.1079 (= yatta, paṭiyatta gutta etc. Cnd.525); Ja.vi.294 (C. appamatta; Kern
Toevoegselen
s. v. proposes read …
yathā →
pts
adverb as, like, in relation to, after (the manner of)
■ As prep. (with acc.): according (to some condition, norm or rule): yathā kāmaṃ (already Vedic) according to his desire …
yati →
pts
Buddhist monk Mhvs.5, Mhvs.37 (racchāgataṃ yatiṃ); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.4; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.26 (mattikā-dāyakaṃ yatiṃ); Mhvs.32, Mhvs.32 (khīṇāsavassa yatino) Dāvs iv.33 (yatī); Vism.79 (vikampeti Mārassa hada …
yattha →
pts
adverb rel. adv. of place “where,” at which spot occasionally “at which time,” when; with verbs of motion = “whereto.”-DN.i.240 (whither); Snp.79, Snp.170 (here closely resembling yatra in meaning …
yañña →
pts
- a brahmanic sacrifice.
- alms-giving charity, a gift to the Sangha or a bhikkhu.
The brahmanic ritual of Vedic times has been given a changed and deeper meaning. Buddhism has discarded the outwa …
yoga →
pts
lit. “yoking, or being yoked,” i.e. connection bond, means; fig. application, endeavour, device
- yoke, yoking (rare?) Ja.vi.206 (meant here the yoke of the churning-sticks; cp. Ja.vi.209).
- conn …
yuga →
pts
- the yoke of a plough (usually) or a carriage Dhp-a.i.24 (yugaṃ gīvaṃ bādhati presses on the neck); Pv-a.127 (ratha˚); Sdhp.468 (of a carriage) Also at Snp.834 in phrase dhonena yugaṃ samāgamā w …
yugala →
pts
Yugala & Yugaḷa
neuter a pair couple Ja.i.12 (yugaḷa-yugaḷa-bhūtā in pairs), Ja.i.500 (bāhu˚); Ja.vi.270 (thana˚ the 2 breasts); Vism.219; Vb-a.51 (yugaḷato jointly, in pairs); the six “pairs of a …
yugaḷa →
pts
Yugala & Yugaḷa
neuter a pair couple Ja.i.12 (yugaḷa-yugaḷa-bhūtā in pairs), Ja.i.500 (bāhu˚); Ja.vi.270 (thana˚ the 2 breasts); Vism.219; Vb-a.51 (yugaḷato jointly, in pairs); the six “pairs of a …
yuvan →
pts
youth-nom. sg.; yuvā DN.i.80 = yobbanena samannāgata DN-a.i.223; Snp.420; Dhp.280 (= paṭhama-yobbane ṭhita Dhp-a.iii.409); Pv.iii.7#1 (= taruṇa Pv-a.205)
■ Cp yava, yuvin & yobbana.
Vedic …
yāga →
pts
- A (brahmanic) sacrifice, known otherwise as mahāyāga (or pl ˚yāgā), and consisting of the 4: assamedha, purisamedha sammāpāsa, vāja-peyya. Thus mentioned at SN.i.76 & Snp.3 …
yāgu →
pts
…phala˚, khajja˚), Vin.ii.155 (id.); AN.iii.275.
cp. Vedic yavāgū; on form see Geiger,
Pali Grammar
§ 27#4
yāma →
pts
- restraint, only as cpd. cātu-yāma 4-fold restraint DN.i.57; DN.iii.48; SN.i.66; MN.i.377; Vism.416. Cp. Dial. i.751.
- a watch of the night. There are 3 watches given as *paṭhama, …
yāthāva →
pts
adjective sufficient (lit “just as much”; i.e. such as it is), sufficiently founded logical, consistent, exact, definite, true Cnd.275 (where tatha is explained by taccha, bhūta, yāthāva, aviparīta) D …
yāva →
pts
adverb
- (as prep.) up to (a point), as far as, how far so far that (cp. tāva I), both temporal and local, used either with absolute form of noun or adj. (base), or nom., or abl. or *acc …
yāvant →
pts
pronoun, relative
- yāvant as adj.: as many (as) Dhp.337 (hāvant’ ettha samāgatā as many as are assembled here); Ja.v.72 (yāvanto uda-bindūni… tāvanto gaṇḍū jāyetha; C. on p. …
ñatti →
pts
announcement, declaration, esp. as t. t. a motion or resolution put at a kammavācā (proceedings at a meeting of the chapter. The usual formula is “esā ñatti; suṇātu me bhante sangho”: Vin.i.340; Vin.i …
ñāṇa →
pts
knowledge, intelligence insight, conviction, recognition, opp. añāṇa avijjā, lack of k. or ignorance.
-
Ñāṇa in the theory of cognition:
it occurs in intensive couple-compounds with terms of …
ñū →
pts
…-jña, from jānāti, *gn: cp. P. gū → Sk. ga
ā →
pts
Ā1
indeclinable a frequent prefix, used as well-defined simple base-prefix (with rootderivations), but not as modification (i.e. first part of a double prefix cpd. like sam-ā-dhi) exce …
ābhicetasika →
pts
adjective See abhicetasika. This spelling, with guṇa of the first syllable, is probably more correct; but the short a is the more frequent.
ādesanā →
pts
pointing out, guessing, prophesy; only in phrase -pāṭihāriya trick or marvellous ability of mind-reading or guessing other peoples character Vin.ii.200; DN.i.212, DN.i.213; DN.iii.220; AN.i.170, A …
ādi →
pts
- (m.) starting-point, beginning Snp.358 (acc. ādiṃ = kāraṇaṃ Snp-a.351); Dhp.375 (nom. ādi); Mil.10 (ādimhi); Ja.vi.567 (abl. ādito from the beginning). For use as nt. see below 2 b.
- (adj & adv …
āgantuka →
pts
adjective noun
- coming, arriving, new comer, guest stranger, esp. a newly arrived bhikkhu; a visitor (opp gamika one who goes away) Vin.i.132, Vin.i.167; Vin.ii.170; Vin.iii.65, Vin.iii.181; Vin.iv …
āgu →
pts
guilt, offence, SN.i.123; AN.iii.346; Snp.522 = Cnd.337 (in expln. of nāga as āguṃ na karotī ti nāgo); Mnd.201. Note. A reconstructed āgasa is found at Sdhp.294 in cpd. akatāgasa not ha …
ākucca →
pts
(or -ā?) an iguana Ja.vi.538 (C. godhā; gloss amatt’ākuccā).
etym. unknown, prob. non-Aryan
ākula →
pts
adjective entangled, confused, upset, twisted, bewildered Ja.i.123 (salākaggaṃ ˚ṃ karoti to upset or disturb); Vv.84#9 (andha˚); Pv-a.287 (an˚ clear). Often reduplicated as ākulākula thoroughly con …
ākulaka →
pts
adjective entangled DN.ii.55 (tant˚ for the usual tantākula, as given under guḷā).
fr. ākula
āloka →
pts
seeing, sight (obj. & subj.), i.e.
- sight, view, look SN.iv.128 = Snp.763; AN.iii.236 (āloke nikkhitta laid before one’s eye). anāloka without sight, blind Mil.296 (andha +).
- light AN.i.164 ( …
ālumpakāra →
pts
breaking off, falling off (?) or forming into bits(?) Dhp-a.ii.55 (˚gūtha).
reading not sure, to ālumpati or ālopa
ānisaṃsa →
pts
praise i.e. that which is commendable, profit, merit, advantage good result, blessing in or from (c. loc.). There are five ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīla-sampadāya or blessings which accrue to the virtuous …
ānubhāva →
pts
greatness, magnificence majesty, splendour Ja.i.69 (mahanto); Ja.ii.102 (of a jewel), Ja.v.491; Dhp-a.ii.58.
the dissociated composition form of anubhāva, q.v. for details. Only in later language
ānupubba →
pts
rule, regularity, order Thag.727 (cp. Mhvs.ii.224 ānupubbā).
abstr. fr. anupubba
ānupubbikathā →
pts
regulated exposition, graduated sermon DN.i.110; DN.ii.41 sq. MN.i.379; Ja.i.8; Mil.228; DN-a.i.277, DN-a.i.308; Dhp-a.iv.199.
for anupubbi˚ representing its isolated composition form, cp. ānubhāv …
āpattika →
pts
adjective guilty of an offence MN.i.443; Vin.iv.224. an˚; Vin.i.127.
āpatti + ka, cp. BSk. āpattika Divy.303
āpādaka →
pts
adjective noun
- (adj.) producing, leading to (-˚) Vv-a.4 (abhiññ˚ catuttha-jjhāna).
- (n.) one who takes care of a child, a protector, guardian AN.i.62 = AN.i.132 = Iti.110 (+ posaka)
■ f …
āraddha →
pts
adjective begun, started, bent on, undertaking, holding on to, resolved, firm AN.i.148 (āraddhaṃ me viriyaṃ Iti.30; Pv-a.73 (ṭhapetuṃ began to place), Pv-a.212 (gantuṃ). Cp. *[ārādhaka](/define/ārād …
ārakkha →
pts
watch, guard, protection, care DN.ii.59; DN.iii.289; SN.iv.97, SN.iv.175, SN.iv.195; AN.ii.120; AN.iii.38; AN.iv.266, AN.iv.270, AN.iv.281 (˚sampadā), AN.iv.322 (id.), AN.iv.400; AN.v.29 sq.; Ja.i.203 …
ārakkhika →
pts
guard, watchman Ja.iv.29.
fr. ārakkha
ārammaṇa →
pts
primary meaning “foundation”, from this applied in the foll. senses:
- support, help, footing, expedient, anything to be depended upon as a means of achieving what is desired, i.e. basis of operatio …
āsabha →
pts
(in compn.) a bull peculiar to a bull, bull-like, fig. a man of strong & eminent qualities, a hero or great man, a leader, thus in tār˚ Snp.687; nar˚ Snp.684, Snp.696; āsabha-camma bull’s …
āsajja →
pts
indeclinable
- sitting on, going to, approaching; allocated, belonging to; sometimes merely as prep. acc “near” (cp. āsanna) Snp.418 (āsajja naṃ upāvisi he came up near to him), Snp.448 (kāko va sel …
āvuso →
pts
(voc. pl. m.) friend, a form of polite address “friend, brother Sir”, usually in conversation between bhikkhus. The grammatical construction is with the pl. of the verb, like bhavaṃ and bhavanto
■ V …
āvāra →
pts
warding off, protection, guard Ja.vi.432 (yanta-yutta˚, does it mean “cover, shield”?). For cpd. khandh’āvāra see khandha.
Sk. āvāra, fr. ā + vṛ.
āyasakya →
pts
dishonour, disgrace, bad repute AN.iv.96; Ja.v.17; Vv-a.110; usually in phrase -ṃ pāpuṇāti to fall into disgrace Thag.292; Ja.ii.33 = Ja.ii.271; Ja.iii.514.
Bdhgh on AN.iv.96 explains it as ayasa …
āyata →
pts
- (adj.) outstretched, extended, long, in length (with numeral) DN.iii.73 (ñātikkhaya, prolonged or heavy?); MN.i.178 (dīghato ā˚; tiriyañ ca vitthata); Ja.i.77, Ja.i.273 (tettiṃs’-angul’āyato khagg …
āyatana →
pts
- stretch, extent, reach, compass, region; sphere, locus, place, spot; position, occasion (corresponding to Bdhgh’s definition at DN-a.i.124 as “samosaraṇa”) DN.iii.241, DN.iii.279 (vimutti˚); SN.ii …
āyoga →
pts
- binding, bandage Vin.ii.135; Vv.33#41; Vv-a.142 (˚paṭṭa).
- yoke Dhs.1061 (avijj˚), Dhs.1162.
- ornament, decoration Mnd.226; Ja.iii.447 (˚vatta, for variant reading ˚vanta?).
- occupation, dev …
āyusmant →
pts
adjective having life or vitality Pv-a.63 (āyusmāviññāṇa feeling or sense of vitality; is reading correct?).
Sk. āyuṣmant; see also the regular P. form āyasmant
īti →
pts
Īti & Ītī
feminine ill, calamity, plague, distress, often combb. with & substituted for upaddava cp. BSk. ītay’ opadrava (attack of plague) Divy.119.; Snp.51; Ja.i.27 (verse 189); Ja.v.401 …
ītī →
pts
Īti & Ītī
feminine ill, calamity, plague, distress, often combb. with & substituted for upaddava cp. BSk. ītay’ opadrava (attack of plague) Divy.119.; Snp.51; Ja.i.27 (verse 189); Ja.v.401 …
ṭhāna →
pts
(ṭṭhāna) neuter
I. Connotation
As one of the 4 iriyāpathā (behaviours)
- contrasted (a) as standing position with sitting or reclining (b) as rest with motion.
- by itself without parti …